comparison lisp/ldefs-boot.el @ 52746:dcb98667e18c

Renamed loaddefs-boot.el to ldefs-boot.el, to prevent file-name clashes on 8+3 filesystems.
author Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
date Sat, 04 Oct 2003 08:57:35 +0000
parents
children 5a2170a28c60
comparison
equal deleted inserted replaced
52745:5d10c8931e9d 52746:dcb98667e18c
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16213 43281))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16250 35354))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/10/02 10:14:54 $.
82
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
85
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
111
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123
124 \(fn)" t nil)
125
126 ;;;***
127
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
146
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148
149 ;;;***
150
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16213 43264))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
182
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
184
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
207
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
220
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
224
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
234
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245
246 \(fn)" t nil)
247
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
272
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
278
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286
287 \(fn)" t nil)
288
289 ;;;***
290
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16213
293 ;;;;;; 43272))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
306
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387
388 ;;;***
389
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16213 43264))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
402
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
406
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
411
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
425
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
433
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
446
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
456
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
466
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471
472 \(fn)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476
477 \(fn)" t nil)
478
479 ;;;***
480
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16213 43264))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
496
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
508
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
511
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
513
514 ;;;***
515
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16213 43280))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
533
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
535
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
537
538 ;;;***
539
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16213 43281))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
543
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
551
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
553
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
557
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
559
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
562
563 \(fn)" t nil)
564
565 ;;;***
566
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16213 43266))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573
574 \(fn)" t nil)
575
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
578
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
583
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
586
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
588
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
590
591 ;;;***
592
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16213 43281))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
603
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
608
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613
614 \(fn)" t nil)
615
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
619
620 \(fn)" t nil)
621
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
625
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
627
628 ;;;***
629
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16213 43272))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
640
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
642
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
645
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
647
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
650
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
652
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
655
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
660
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
662
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
665
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
667
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
670
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
672
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
676
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
678
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
682
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
684
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
687
688 \(fn)" t nil)
689
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
701
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
703
704 ;;;***
705
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16213 43267))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
710
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
713
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}
715
716 \(fn)" t nil)
717
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721 normal variables.
722
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
724
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
726
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
731
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
734
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
736
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
739
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
741
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
747
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
749
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
755
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
757
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762 bindings.
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
764
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
766
767 ;;;***
768
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16213
770 ;;;;;; 43267))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
779
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782 archive.
783
784 \\{archive-mode-map}
785
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
787
788 ;;;***
789
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16213 43267))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
795
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
799
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
801
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
805
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810 The variables are:
811
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
819
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
823
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
826
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
831
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
836
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
841
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
844
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
847
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
852
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
854
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856
857 \(fn)" t nil)
858
859 ;;;***
860
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16213
862 ;;;;;; 43283))
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
869
870 How to quit artist mode
871
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
873
874
875 How to submit a bug report
876
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
878
879
880 Drawing with the mouse:
881
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
886
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
890
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
921
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
924
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
930
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
934
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
938
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
940
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
943
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
947
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
950
951
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954
955
956 Settings
957
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
959
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
961
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
963
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
965
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
968
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970
971
972 Drawing with keys
973
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
980
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
982
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
984
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
991
992
993 Arrows
994
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
997
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1000
1001
1002 Selecting operation
1003
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1005
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1026
1027
1028 Variables
1029
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1032
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1052
1053 Hooks
1054
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057
1058
1059 Keymap summary
1060
1061 \\{artist-mode-map}
1062
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1064
1065 ;;;***
1066
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16213
1068 ;;;;;; 43281))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1074
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1079
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1082
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1085
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1087
1088 Special commands:
1089 \\{asm-mode-map}
1090
1091 \(fn)" t nil)
1092
1093 ;;;***
1094
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1098
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100 Obsolete.")
1101
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1103
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1106
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1108
1109 ;;;***
1110
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1120
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1122
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1133
1134 For example:
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1140
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1142
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1144
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1150
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1152
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1159
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1161
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1163
1164 ;;;***
1165
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172
1173 \(fn)" t nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16213 43267))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1184
1185 \(fn)" t nil)
1186
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1191
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1193
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1199
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1201
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1206
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1209
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1211
1212 ;;;***
1213
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1223
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1225
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1232
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1235
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1237
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241
1242 \(fn)" nil nil)
1243
1244 ;;;***
1245
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16213 43267))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1249
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1253
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1256
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1260
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1270
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1276
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1278
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1281
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1285
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16213 43267))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1293
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1299
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1301
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1306
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1310
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1320
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1322
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1326
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1328
1329 ;;;***
1330
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1334
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1337
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1340
1341 For example:
1342
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1347
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1349
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1351
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1353
1354 ;;;***
1355
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (16224 13136))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1359
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1364
1365 \(fn)" t nil)
1366
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372 seconds.
1373
1374 \(fn)" t nil)
1375
1376 ;;;***
1377
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16213 43272))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1381
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386 FORMS once.
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1390
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1392
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1398
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1400
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1406
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1408
1409 ;;;***
1410
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16213
1412 ;;;;;; 43283))
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1414
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1417
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1419
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1425
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1432
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1435
1436
1437 Special information:
1438
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1440
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1449
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1457
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1460
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1462
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1485
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1497
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500 non-nil.
1501
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1503
1504 \(fn)" t nil)
1505
1506 ;;;***
1507
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16213 43273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1510
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16213
1516 ;;;;;; 43281))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1518
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520 Play blackbox.
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1522
1523 What is blackbox?
1524
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530 your score.
1531
1532 Overview of play:
1533
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536 four.
1537
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539 movement keys.
1540
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1543
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1546
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1553
1554 Details:
1555
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1557
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1562
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1566
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1570
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572 example.
1573
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580 ray.
1581
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1584
1585 1
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1594 2 3
1595
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1598
1599
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1608
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1616
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1618
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629 a reflection.
1630
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16213 43267))
1639 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1643
1644 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1645 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1646 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1647 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1648 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1649 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1650 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1663
1664 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1665 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1666 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1667 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1668 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1669 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1670 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1671 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1672 recent one.
1673
1674 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1675 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1676 yank successive words.
1677
1678 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1679 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1680 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1681 name of the file being visited.
1682
1683 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1684 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1685 the list of bookmarks.)
1686
1687 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1688
1689 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1690 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1691 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1692 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1693 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1694 this.
1695
1696 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1697 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1698 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1699 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1700
1701 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1702
1703 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1704 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1705 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1706 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1707 after a bookmark was set in it.
1708
1709 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1710
1711 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1712 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1713 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1714 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1715
1716 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1717
1718 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1719
1720 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1721 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1722 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1723 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1724
1725 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1726 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1727 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1728
1729 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1730 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1731 name.
1732
1733 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1734
1735 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1736 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1737 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1738 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1739 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1740 this.
1741
1742 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1743
1744 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1745 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1746 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1747 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1748 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1749 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1750 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1751 probably because we were called from there.
1752
1753 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1754
1755 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1756 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1757 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1758
1759 \(fn)" t nil)
1760
1761 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1762 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1763 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1764 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1765 \(second argument).
1766
1767 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1768 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1769 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1770 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1771 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1772
1773 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1774 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1775 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1776 `bookmark-default-file'.
1777
1778 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1779
1780 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1781 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1782 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1783 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1784 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1785 while loading.
1786
1787 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1788 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1789 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1790 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1791 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1792 explicitly.
1793
1794 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1795 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1796 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1797 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1798
1799 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1800
1801 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1802 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1803 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1804 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1805 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1806
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1808
1809 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1810
1811 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1812
1813 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1814
1815 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1816
1817 ;;;***
1818
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1820 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1821 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1822 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1823 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1824 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1825 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1826 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1827 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16213 43280))
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1829
1830 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1831 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1832 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1833 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1834
1835 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1836 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1837 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1838 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1839 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1840
1841 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1842
1843 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1844 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1845 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1846 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1847 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1848 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1849
1850 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1851
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1854 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1855 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1856 narrowed.
1857
1858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1859
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1861 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1862
1863 \(fn)" t nil)
1864
1865 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1866 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1867
1868 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1869
1870 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1871 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1872 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1873 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1874
1875 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1876
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1879 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1880 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1881
1882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1883
1884 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1885 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1886 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1887 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1888 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1889 to use.
1890
1891 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1892
1893 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1894 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1895 Default to the URL around or before point.
1896
1897 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1898 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1899 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1900 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1901
1902 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1903 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1904
1905 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1906 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1907
1908 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1909
1910 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1911 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1912 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1913 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1914
1915 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1916 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1917 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1918 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1919
1920 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1921 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1922
1923 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1924
1925 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1926 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1927 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1928 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1929
1930 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1931 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1932 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1933 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1934
1935 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1936 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1937 new tab in an existing window instead.
1938
1939 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1940 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1941
1942 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1943
1944 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1945 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1946 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1947 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1948
1949 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1950 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1951 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1952 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1953
1954 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1955 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1956 new tab in an existing window instead.
1957
1958 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1959 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1960
1961 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1962
1963 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1964 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1965 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1966 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1967
1968 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1969 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1970 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1971 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1972
1973 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1974 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975
1976 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1977
1978 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1979 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1980
1981 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1982 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1983 program is invoked according to the variable
1984 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1985
1986 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1987 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1988 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1989 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1990
1991 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1993
1994 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1995
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1997 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1999 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2000
2001 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2002
2003 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2004 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2005 Default to the URL around or before point.
2006
2007 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2008 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2009 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2010
2011 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2012 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2013 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2014 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015
2016 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2017 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2018
2019 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2020
2021 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2022 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2023 Default to the URL around or before point.
2024
2025 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2026
2027 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2028 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2029 Default to the URL around or before point.
2030
2031 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2032 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2033 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034
2035 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2036 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2037
2038 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2039
2040 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2041 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2042 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2043 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2044
2045 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2046
2047 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2048 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2049 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2050 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2051 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2052
2053 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2054
2055 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2056 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2057 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2058 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2059
2060 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2061 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2062 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2063 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064
2065 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2066 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2067
2068 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2069
2070 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2071 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2072 Default to the URL around or before point.
2073
2074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2075
2076 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2077 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2078 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2079 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2080 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2081 current one.
2082
2083 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2084 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2085 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2086 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2087
2088 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2089 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2090
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2096 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2097 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2098 don't offer a form of remote control.
2099
2100 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101
2102 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2103 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2104 Default to the URL around or before point.
2105
2106 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107
2108 ;;;***
2109
2110 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16213
2111 ;;;;;; 43281))
2112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2113
2114 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2115 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2116
2117 \(fn)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2120 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2121
2122 \(fn)" nil nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125
2126 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2127 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16213 43267))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2129
2130 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2131 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2132 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2133 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2134
2135 \(fn)" t nil)
2136
2137 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2138 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2139 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2140 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2141
2142 \(fn)" t nil)
2143
2144 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2145 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2146
2147 \(fn)" t nil)
2148
2149 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2150 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2151 \\<bs-mode-map>
2152 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2153 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2154 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2155 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2156
2157 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2158 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2159 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2160 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2161 name of buffer configuration.
2162
2163 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2164
2165 ;;;***
2166
2167 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2168 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16213
2169 ;;;;;; 43267))
2170 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2171
2172 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2173 Keymap used by buttons.")
2174
2175 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2176 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2177 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2178
2179 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2180 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2181 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2182 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2183 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2184 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2185
2186 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2187 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2188 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2189 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2190
2191 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2192
2193 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2194 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2195 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2196 specifying properties to add to the button.
2197 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2198 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2199 `define-button-type'.
2200
2201 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2202
2203 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2204
2205 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2206 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2207 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2208 specifying properties to add to the button.
2209 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2210 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2211 `define-button-type'.
2212
2213 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2214
2215 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2216
2217 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2218 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2219 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2220 specifying properties to add to the button.
2221 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2222 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2223 `define-button-type'.
2224
2225 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2226 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2227 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2228 `make-text-button'.
2229
2230 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2231
2232 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2235 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2236 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2237 specifying properties to add to the button.
2238 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2239 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2240 `define-button-type'.
2241
2242 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2243 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2244 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2245 `insert-text-button'.
2246
2247 Also see `make-text-button'.
2248
2249 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2250
2251 ;;;***
2252
2253 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2254 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2255 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2256 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2257 ;;;;;; (16239 25257))
2258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2259
2260 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2261 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2262 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2263
2264 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2265
2266 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2267 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2268 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2269 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2270
2271 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2272 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2273 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2274 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2275 whether to compile it.
2276
2277 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2278
2279 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2280 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2281
2282 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2283
2284 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2285 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2286 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2287 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2288 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2289
2290 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2291
2292 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2293 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2294 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2295 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2296
2297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2298
2299 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2300 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2301 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2302
2303 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2304
2305 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2306 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2307 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2308 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2309 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2310 all functions called by those functions.
2311
2312 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2313 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2314 cons, etc.).
2315
2316 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2317 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2318 invoked interactively.
2319
2320 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2321
2322 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2323 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2324 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2325 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2326
2327 \(fn)" nil nil)
2328
2329 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2330 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2331 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2332 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2333 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2334 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2335 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2336 already up-to-date.
2337
2338 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2339
2340 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2341 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2342 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2343 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2344
2345 \(fn)" nil nil)
2346
2347 ;;;***
2348
2349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16213 43272))
2350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2351
2352 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2353
2354 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2355
2356 ;;;***
2357
2358 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2359 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
2360 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2361
2362 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2363 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2364 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2365 from the cursor position.
2366
2367 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2368
2369 ;;;***
2370
2371 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2372 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2373 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16213
2374 ;;;;;; 43272))
2375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2376
2377 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2378 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2379
2380 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2381 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2382
2383 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2384 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2385 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2386 If nil, use original installation directory.
2387 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2388
2389 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2390 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2391
2392 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2393 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2394
2395 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2396 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2397 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2398
2399 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2400 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2401
2402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2405 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2406
2407 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2410 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2411
2412 \(fn)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2415 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2416
2417 \(fn)" t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2420 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2421 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2422 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2423
2424 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2427 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2428 This is most useful in the X window system.
2429 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2430 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2431
2432 \(fn)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2435 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2436 See calc-keypad for details.
2437
2438 \(fn)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2441 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2442
2443 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2444
2445 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2446 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2447
2448 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2449
2450 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2451 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2452
2453 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2454
2455 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2456 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2457 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2458
2459 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2462 Not documented
2463
2464 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2465
2466 ;;;***
2467
2468 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2469 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
2470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2471
2472 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2473 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2474
2475 \(fn)" nil nil)
2476
2477 ;;;***
2478
2479 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16213
2480 ;;;;;; 43267))
2481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2482
2483 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2484 Run the Emacs calculator.
2485 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2486
2487 \(fn)" t nil)
2488
2489 ;;;***
2490
2491 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2492 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2493 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2494 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2495 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2496 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2497 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2498 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2499 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2500 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2501 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2502 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2503 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2504 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2505 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2506 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2507 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2509
2510 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2511 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2512 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2513
2514 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2515
2516 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2517 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2518 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2519 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2520 the screen.")
2521
2522 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2523
2524 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2525 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2526 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2527 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2528 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2529
2530 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2531
2532 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2533 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2534 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2535 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2536 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2537 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2538 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2539
2540 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2541 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2542 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2543 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2544 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2545
2546 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2547 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2548 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2549
2550 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2551
2552 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2553 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2554 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2555
2556 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2557
2558 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2559 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2560 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2561
2562 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2563
2564 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2565 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2566 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2567 displayed.")
2568
2569 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2570
2571 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2572 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2573 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2574
2575 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2576
2577 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2578 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2579 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2580
2581 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2582
2583 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2584
2585 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2586 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2587 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2588
2589 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2590 calendar.")
2591
2592 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2593
2594 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2595 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2596 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2597
2598 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2599 calendar.")
2600
2601 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2602
2603 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2604 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2605 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2606
2607 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2608
2609 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2610 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2611 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2612 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2613 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2614
2615 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2616
2617 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2618 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2619 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2620 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2621 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2622 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2623 a function is also provided for this:
2624 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2625
2626 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2627 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2628 date is not visible in the window.
2629
2630 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2631 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2632 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2633
2634 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2635
2636 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2637 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2638
2639 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2640 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2641 date is visible in the window.
2642
2643 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2644 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2645 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2646
2647 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2648
2649 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2650 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2651
2652 For example,
2653
2654 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2655
2656 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2657
2658 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2659
2660 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2661 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2662
2663 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2664 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2665
2666 MONTH/DAY
2667 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2668 MONTHNAME DAY
2669 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2670 DAYNAME
2671
2672 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2673 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2674 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2675 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2676 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2677 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2678 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2679 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2680 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2681 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2682 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2683 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2684 in every week.
2685
2686 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2687 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2688 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2689 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2690
2691 DAY/MONTH
2692 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2693 DAY MONTHNAME
2694 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2695 DAYNAME
2696
2697 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2698 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2699
2700 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2701 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2702 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2703 window but will appear in a diary window.
2704
2705 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2706 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2707
2708 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2709 entries (in the default American style):
2710
2711 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2712 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2713 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2714 21: Payday
2715 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2716 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2717 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2718 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2719 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2720 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2721 &* 15 time cards due.
2722
2723 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2724 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2725 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2726 single diary entry
2727
2728 02/11/1989
2729 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2730 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2731 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2732 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2733 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2734 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2735
2736 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2737 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2738 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2739
2740 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2741
2742 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2743
2744 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2745 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2746 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2747 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2748 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2749 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2750 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2751 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2752 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2753
2754 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2755 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2756 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2757 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2758 for these functions for details.
2759
2760 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2761 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2762
2763 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2764
2765 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2766 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2767
2768 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2769
2770 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2771 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2772
2773 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2774
2775 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2776 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2777
2778 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2779
2780 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2781 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2782 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2783
2784 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2785
2786 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2787 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2788 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2789
2790 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2791
2792 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2793 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2794 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2795 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2796
2797 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2798
2799 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2800 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2801 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2802 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2803 are
2804
2805 DAY/MONTH
2806 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2807 DAY MONTHNAME
2808 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2809 DAYNAME
2810
2811 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2812 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2813 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2814
2815 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2816
2817 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2818 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2819 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2820
2821 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2822
2823 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2824 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2825 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2826
2827 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2828
2829 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2830 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2831 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2832
2833 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2834
2835 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2836 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2837 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2838
2839 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2840
2841 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2842 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2843 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2844 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2845 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2846 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2847
2848 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2849
2850 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2851 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2852 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2853
2854 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2855 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2856 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2857 of the form
2858
2859 #include \"filename\"
2860
2861 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2862 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2863 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2864 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2865 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2866
2867 For example, you could use
2868
2869 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2870 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2871 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2872
2873 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2874 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2875 lexicographic order.")
2876
2877 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2878
2879 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2880 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2881 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2882
2883 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2884
2885 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2886 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2887 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2888 diary display.
2889
2890 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2891 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2892 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2893 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2894 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2895 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2896 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2897
2898 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2899 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2900 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2901 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2902 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2903 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2904 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2905 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2906
2907 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2908
2909 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2910 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2911 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2912 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2913 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2914 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2915
2916 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2917
2918 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2919 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2920
2921 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2922 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2923 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2924 of the form
2925 #include \"filename\"
2926 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2927 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2928 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2929 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2930 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2931
2932 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2933
2934 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2935 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2936 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2937 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2938 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2939 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2940
2941 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2942
2943 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2944 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2945 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2946 are holidays.")
2947
2948 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2949
2950 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2951 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2952 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2953 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2954 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2955
2956 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2957
2958 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2959
2960 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2961 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2962 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2963
2964 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2965
2966 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2967
2968 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2969 *Oriental holidays.
2970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2971
2972 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2973
2974 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2975
2976 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2977 *Local holidays.
2978 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2979
2980 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2981
2982 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2983
2984 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2985 *User defined holidays.
2986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2987
2988 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2989
2990 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2991
2992 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2993
2994 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2995
2996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2997
2998 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2999
3000 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3001
3002 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3003
3004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3005
3006 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3007
3008 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3009 *Jewish holidays.
3010 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3011
3012 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3013
3014 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3015
3016 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3017 *Christian holidays.
3018 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3019
3020 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3021
3022 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3023
3024 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3025 *Islamic holidays.
3026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3027
3028 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3029
3030 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3031
3032 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3033 *Sun-related holidays.
3034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3035
3036 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3037
3038 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3039
3040 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3041 The frame set up of the calendar.
3042 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3043 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3044 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3045 any other value the current frame is used.")
3046
3047 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3048 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3049 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3050
3051 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3052 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3053
3054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3055
3056 ;;;***
3057
3058 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3059 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3060 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3062
3063 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3064 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3065 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3066 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3067 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3068 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3069 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3070
3071 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3072
3073 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3074 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3080 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3081
3082 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3083 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3084 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3085 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3086 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3087 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3088
3089 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3090
3091 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3092 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3093
3094 Key bindings:
3095 \\{c-mode-map}
3096
3097 \(fn)" t nil)
3098
3099 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3100 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3101
3102 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3103 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3104 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3105 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3106 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3107 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3108 message.
3109
3110 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3111
3112 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3113 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3114
3115 Key bindings:
3116 \\{c++-mode-map}
3117
3118 \(fn)" t nil)
3119
3120 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3121 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3122 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3123
3124 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3125 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3126 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3127 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3128 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3129 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3130 message.
3131
3132 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3133
3134 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3135 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3136
3137 Key bindings:
3138 \\{objc-mode-map}
3139
3140 \(fn)" t nil)
3141
3142 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3143 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3144 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3145
3146 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3147 Major mode for editing Java code.
3148 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3149 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3150 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3151 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3152 message.
3153
3154 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3155
3156 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3157 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3158
3159 Key bindings:
3160 \\{java-mode-map}
3161
3162 \(fn)" t nil)
3163
3164 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3165 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3167
3168 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3169 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3170 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3171 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3172 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3173 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3174 message.
3175
3176 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3177
3178 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3179 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3180
3181 Key bindings:
3182 \\{idl-mode-map}
3183
3184 \(fn)" t nil)
3185
3186 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3187 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3188 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3189 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3190
3191 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3192 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3193 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3194 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3196 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3197 message.
3198
3199 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3200
3201 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3202 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3203
3204 Key bindings:
3205 \\{pike-mode-map}
3206
3207 \(fn)" t nil)
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3213 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3214
3215 ;;;***
3216
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3218 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16242 40141))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3220
3221 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3222 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3223 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3224 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3225 for details of setting up styles.
3226
3227 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3228 style name.
3229
3230 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3231 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3232 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3233 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3234 will be reassigned.
3235
3236 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3237 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3238 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3239 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3240 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3241 default).
3242
3243 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3244 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3245 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3246 when used elsewhere.
3247
3248 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3249
3250 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3251 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3252 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3253 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3254
3255 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3256
3257 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3258 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3259 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3260
3261 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3262
3263 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3264 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3265 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3266 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3267 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3268
3269 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3270
3271 ;;;***
3272
3273 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3274 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3275 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
3276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3277
3278 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3279 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3280
3281 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3282
3283 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3284 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3285
3286 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3287
3288 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3289 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3290
3291 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3292 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3293 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3294 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3295 execution.
3296
3297 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3298
3299 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3300
3301 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3302 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3303
3304 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3305 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3306 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3307 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3308
3309 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3310 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3311 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3312 `write' commands.
3313
3314 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3315 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3316 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3317 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3318
3319 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3320 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3321 semantics.
3322
3323 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3324
3325 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3326
3327 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3328
3329 STATEMENT :=
3330 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3331 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3332
3333 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3334 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3335 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3336 | integer
3337
3338 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3339
3340 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3341 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3342 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3343
3344 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3345 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3346 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3347
3348 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3349 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3350
3351 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3352 BREAK := (break)
3353
3354 REPEAT :=
3355 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3356 (repeat)
3357 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3358 ;; (repeat))
3359 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3360 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3361 ;; (read REG)
3362 ;; (repeat))
3363 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3364 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3365 ;; (read REG)
3366 ;; (repeat))
3367 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3368
3369 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3370 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3371 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3372 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3373 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3374 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3375 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3376 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3377 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3378 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3379 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3380 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3381 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3382 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3383 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3384 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3385
3386 WRITE :=
3387 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3388 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3389 ;; representation.
3390 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3391 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3392 ;; (write r7))
3393 | (write EXPRESSION)
3394 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3395 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3396 ;; representation.
3397 | (write integer)
3398 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3399 ;; buffer.
3400 | (write string)
3401 ;; Same as: (write string)
3402 | string
3403 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3404 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3405 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3406 ;; representation.
3407 | (write REG ARRAY)
3408 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3409 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3410 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3411 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3412 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3413 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3414
3415 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3416 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3417
3418 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3419 END := (end)
3420
3421 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3422 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3423 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3424
3425 ARG := REG | integer
3426
3427 OPERATOR :=
3428 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3429 + | - | * | / | %
3430
3431 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3432 | & | `|' | ^
3433
3434 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3435 | << | >>
3436
3437 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3438 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3439 | <8
3440
3441 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3442 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3443 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3444 | >8
3445
3446 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3447 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3448 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3449 | //
3450
3451 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3452 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3453
3454 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3455 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3456 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3457 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3458 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3459 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3460 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3461 | de-sjis
3462
3463 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3464 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3465 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3466 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3467 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3468 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3469 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3470 ;; byte of SJIS.
3471 | en-sjis
3472
3473 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3474 ;; Same meaning as C code
3475 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3476
3477 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3478 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3479 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3480 | <8=
3481
3482 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3483 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3484 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3485
3486 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3487 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3488 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3489 | //=
3490
3491 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3492
3493
3494 TRANSLATE :=
3495 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3497 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3498 LOOKUP :=
3499 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3500 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3501 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3502 MAP :=
3503 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3504 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3505 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3506 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3507 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3508 MAP-ID := integer
3509
3510 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3511
3512 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3513 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3514 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3515 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3516 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3517 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3518
3519 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3520
3521 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3522 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3523 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3524
3525 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3526
3527 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3528
3529 ;;;***
3530
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3532 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3533 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3534 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3535 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3536 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3537 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3538 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3539 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3541
3542 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3543 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3544 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3545 the users will view as each check is completed.
3546
3547 \(fn)" t nil)
3548
3549 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3550 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3551 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3552 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3553 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3554 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3555 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3556 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3557
3558 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3559
3560 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3561 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3562 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3563 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3564 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3565 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3566 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3567 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3568
3569 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3570
3571 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3572 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3573 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3574 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3575 spacing are all verified.
3576
3577 \(fn)" t nil)
3578
3579 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3580 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3581 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3582 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3583 otherwise stop after the first error.
3584
3585 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3586
3587 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3588 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3589 Only documentation strings are checked.
3590 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3592 a separate buffer.
3593
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3595
3596 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3597 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3598 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3599 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3600 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3601
3602 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3603
3604 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3605 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3606 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3607 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3608 if there is one.
3609
3610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3611
3612 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3613 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3614 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3615 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3616 if there is one.
3617 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3618
3619 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3620
3621 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3622 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3623 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3624
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626
3627 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3628 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3629 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3630 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3631 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3632
3633 \(fn)" t nil)
3634
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3637 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3638 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3639 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3640 space at the end of each line.
3641
3642 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3643
3644 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3645 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3646 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3647 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3648
3649 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3650
3651 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3652 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3653 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3655
3656 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3657
3658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3660 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3662
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664
3665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3669
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671
3672 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3676
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3678
3679 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3688 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3690
3691 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3692
3693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3695 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3697
3698 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3699
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3702 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3703 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3704
3705 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3706
3707 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3708 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3709 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3710
3711 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3712 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3713 checking of documentation strings.
3714
3715 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3716
3717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3718
3719 ;;;***
3720
3721 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3722 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16213
3723 ;;;;;; 43280))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3725
3726 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3727 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3728 Return the length of resulting text.
3729
3730 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3731
3732 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3733 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3734
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3738 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3739 Return the length of resulting text.
3740
3741 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3742
3743 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3744 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3745
3746 \(fn)" t nil)
3747
3748 ;;;***
3749
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3751 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16213 43267))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3753
3754 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3755 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3756 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3757 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3758 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3759 editing and the result is evaluated.
3760
3761 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3764 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3765 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3766 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3767 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3768
3769 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3770
3771 \(fn)" t nil)
3772
3773 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3774 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3775 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3776 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3777 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3778
3779 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3780 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3781 \\{command-history-map}
3782
3783 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3784 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3785
3786 \(fn)" t nil)
3787
3788 ;;;***
3789
3790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16213 43272))
3791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3792
3793 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3794 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3795 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3796 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3797 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3798 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3799
3800 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3801 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3802
3803 ;;;***
3804
3805 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3806 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3808
3809 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3810 Not documented
3811
3812 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3813
3814 ;;;***
3815
3816 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3817 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3819
3820 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3821 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3822 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3823 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3824
3825 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3826 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3827 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3828
3829 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3830 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3831
3832 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3833
3834 ;;;***
3835
3836 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16213
3837 ;;;;;; 43267))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3839
3840 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3841 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3842 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3843 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3844 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3845 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3846 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3847
3848 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3849 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3850
3851 ;;;***
3852
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3854 ;;;;;; (16216 22162))
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3856
3857 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3858 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3859 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3860 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3861 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3862 ?* is used.
3863 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3864
3865 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3866
3867 ;;;***
3868
3869 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3870 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3871 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16216 22162))
3872 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3873
3874 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3875 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3876 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3877 ASCII table.
3878
3879 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3880 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3881 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3882 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3883
3884 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3885
3886 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3887 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3888 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3889
3890 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3891
3892 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3893 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3894 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3895
3896 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3897
3898 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3899 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3900 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3901
3902 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3903
3904 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3905 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3906
3907 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3908 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3909 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3910
3911 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3912 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3913
3914 \(fn)" nil nil)
3915
3916 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3917 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3918
3919 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3920 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3921 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3922
3923 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3924
3925 ;;;***
3926
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3928 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3929 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3930 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3932
3933 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3934 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3935 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3936 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3937 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3938 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3939 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3940 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3941
3942 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3943
3944 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3945
3946 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3947 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3948 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3949 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3950 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3951 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3952 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3953 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3954
3955 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3956
3957 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3958
3959 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3960 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3961 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3962 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3963 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3964 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3965
3966 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3967
3968 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3969 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3970 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3971
3972 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3973
3974 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3977 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3978 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3979
3980 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3981
3982 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3985 Send COMMAND to current process.
3986 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3987 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3988
3989 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3990
3991 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3992 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3993 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3994 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3995
3996 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3997
3998 ;;;***
3999
4000 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16213
4001 ;;;;;; 43267))
4002 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4003
4004 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4005 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4006 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4007 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4008
4009 This command pushes the mark in each window
4010 at the prior location of point in that window.
4011 If both windows display the same buffer,
4012 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4013 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4014
4015 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4016 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4017 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4018
4019 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4020
4021 ;;;***
4022
4023 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4024 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4025 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4026 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16239 25259))
4027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4028
4029 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4030 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4031
4032 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4033
4034 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4035 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4036
4037 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4038
4039 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4040 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4041 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4042 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4043 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4044
4045 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4046 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4047 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4048 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4049 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4050
4051 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4052 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4053 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4054 describing how the process finished.")
4055
4056 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4057 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4058 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4059 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4060
4061 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4062 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4063 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4064
4065 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4066
4067 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4068 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4069 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4070 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4071
4072 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4073
4074 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4075 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4076 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4077 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4078
4079 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4080 and move to the source code that caused it.
4081
4082 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4083 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4084
4085 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4086 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4087 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4088 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4089 subprocesses.
4090
4091 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4092 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4093 to a function that generates a unique name.
4094
4095 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4098 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4099 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4100 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4101 where grep found matches.
4102
4103 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4104 easily repeat a grep command.
4105
4106 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4107 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4108 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4109 if that history list is empty).
4110
4111 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4112
4113 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4114 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4115 Collect output in a buffer.
4116 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4117 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4118
4119 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4120 easily repeat a find command.
4121
4122 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4123
4124 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4125 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4126 Collect output in a buffer.
4127 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4128 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4129 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4130 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4131 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4132
4133 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4134 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4135
4136 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4137 easily repeat a find command.
4138
4139 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4140 those sub directories of DIR.
4141
4142 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4143
4144 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4145 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4146 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4147 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4148 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4149
4150 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4151
4152 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4153
4154 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4155 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4156 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4157 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4158 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4159 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4160 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4161
4162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4163
4164 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4165 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4166 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4167 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4168 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4169 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4170
4171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4172
4173 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4174 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4175
4176 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4177 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4178
4179 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4180 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4181 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4182 and start at the first error.
4183
4184 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4185 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4186 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4187 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4188 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4189 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4190
4191 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4192 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4193 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4194
4195 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4196 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4197
4198 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4199 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4200
4201 ;;;***
4202
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4204 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4206
4207 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4208 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4209 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4211 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4212
4213 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4214
4215 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4216 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4217 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4218
4219 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4220 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4221 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4222 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4223
4224 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4225 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4226 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4227 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4228
4229 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4230 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4231 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4232 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4233
4234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4235
4236 ;;;***
4237
4238 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4239 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
4240 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4241
4242 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4243 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4244
4245 \(fn)" t nil)
4246
4247 ;;;***
4248
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4250 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4251 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4252 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4254
4255 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4256 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4257 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4258 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4259 `make-composition'.
4260
4261 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4262
4263 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4264 | | 1:tc or top-center
4265 | | 2:tr or top-right
4266 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4267 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4268 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4269 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4270 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4271 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4272
4273 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4274 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4275 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4276 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4277 be added.
4278
4279 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4280 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4281 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4282
4283 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4284 | | |
4285 | global| |
4286 | glyph | |
4287 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4288 +----+--*--+
4289 | | new |
4290 | |glyph|
4291 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4292 ")
4293
4294 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4295 Compose characters in the current region.
4296
4297 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4298 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4299
4300 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4301
4302 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4303 specifying the region.
4304
4305 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4306 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4307 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4308
4309 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4310 of the text in the region.
4311
4312 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4313
4314 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4315 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4316 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4317 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4318
4319 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4320 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4321 detail.
4322
4323 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4324 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4325 text in the composition.
4326
4327 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4328
4329 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4330 Decompose text in the current region.
4331
4332 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4333 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4334
4335 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4336
4337 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4338 Compose characters in string STRING.
4339
4340 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4341 the characters in it.
4342
4343 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4344 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4345 STRING respectively.
4346
4347 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4348 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4349 `compose-region' for more detail.
4350
4351 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4352 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4353 text in the composition.
4354
4355 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4356
4357 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4358 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4359
4360 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4361
4362 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4363 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4364 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4365 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4366 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4367 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4368 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4369 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4370
4371 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4372
4373 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4374 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4375
4376 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4377 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4378
4379 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4380 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4381
4382 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4383 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4384
4385 If no composition is found, return nil.
4386
4387 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4388 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4389
4390 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4391 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4392 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4393
4394 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4395
4396 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4397
4398 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4399 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4400 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4401
4402 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4403
4404 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4405
4406 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4407
4408 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4409 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4410
4411 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4412 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4413 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4414 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4415 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4416 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4417 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4418 nil.
4419
4420 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4421 is:
4422 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4423 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4424
4425 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4426
4427 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4428 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4429
4430 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4431
4432 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4433
4434 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4435 Compose last characters.
4436 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4437 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4438 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4439 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4440 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4441 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4442 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4443 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4444 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4445 after a sequence character events.
4446
4447 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4448 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4449
4450 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4451 Convert CHAR to string.
4452
4453 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4454 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4455 vector of CHAR respectively.
4456 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4457
4458 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4459
4460 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4461
4462 ;;;***
4463
4464 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4465 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16213 43281))
4466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4467
4468 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4469 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4470 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4471 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4472
4473 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4474
4475 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4476 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4479
4480 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4481
4482 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4483 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4484 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4485 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4486
4487 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4488
4489 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4490 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4491
4492 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4493
4494 ;;;***
4495
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4497 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4499
4500 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4501 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4502 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4503 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4504 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4505 following the copyright are updated as well.
4506 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4507 interactively.
4508
4509 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4510
4511 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4512 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4513
4514 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4515
4516 ;;;***
4517
4518 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4519 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4521
4522 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4523 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4524 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4525 Tab indents for Perl code.
4526 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4527 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4528
4529 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4530 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4531 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4532 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4533 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4534 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4535 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4536 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4537 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4538 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4539 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4540 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4541
4542 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4543
4544 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4545 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4546
4547 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4548
4549 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4550 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4551 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4552 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4553 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4554 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4555 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4556 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4557 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4558
4559 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4560
4561 bite if angry;
4562
4563 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4564 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4565 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4566 to nil.)
4567
4568 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4569 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4570 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4571
4572 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4573
4574 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4575 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4576 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4577 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4578 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4579
4580 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4581
4582 if (A) { B }
4583
4584 into
4585
4586 B if A;
4587
4588 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4589
4590 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4591 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4592 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4593 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4594 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4595 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4596 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4597 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4598 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4599 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4600 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4601 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4602 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4603
4604 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4605 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4606 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4607 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4608 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4609 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4610
4611 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4612 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4613 man via menu.
4614
4615 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4616 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4617 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4618 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4619 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4620
4621 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4622 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4623 span the needed amount of lines.
4624
4625 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4626 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4627 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4628 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4629
4630 Variables controlling indentation style:
4631 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4632 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4633 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4634 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4635 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4636 `cperl-auto-newline'
4637 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4638 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4639 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4640 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4641 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4642 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4643 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4644 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4645 `cperl-indent-level'
4646 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4647 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4648 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4649 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4650 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4651 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4652 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4653 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4654 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4655 `cperl-brace-offset'
4656 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4657 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4658 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4659 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4660 `cperl-label-offset'
4661 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4662 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4663 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4664
4665 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4666 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4667 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4668 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4669 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4670
4671 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4672 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4673 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4674 \(both available from menu).
4675
4676 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4677 column 0 is indented on
4678 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4679
4680 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4681 with no args.
4682
4683 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4684 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4685 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4686
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4688
4689 ;;;***
4690
4691 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4692 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4694
4695 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4696 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4697 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4698 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4699 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4700
4701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4704 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4705
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4707
4708 ;;;***
4709
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4713
4714 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4715 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4716 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4717 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4718
4719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4720 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4721
4722 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4723
4724 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4725 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4726 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4727
4728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4729
4730 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4731
4732 ;;;***
4733
4734 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4735 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4737
4738 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4739 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4740 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4741 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4742
4743 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4744 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4745 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4746 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4747
4748 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4749 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4750 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4751
4752 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4753 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4754 'bob', and 'eve'.
4755
4756 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4757 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4758 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4759
4760 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4761
4762 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4763 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4764 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4765
4766 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4767
4768 ;;;***
4769
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16213
4771 ;;;;;; 43273))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4773
4774 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4775 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4776 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4778 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4779
4780 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4781
4782 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4783 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4784 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4785 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4786 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4787 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4788
4789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4790 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4791 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4792 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4793 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4794 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4795 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4796 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4797 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4798
4799 ;;;***
4800
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4802 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4804 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4805 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4806 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4807 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4808 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4809 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16213 43267))
4810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4811 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4812
4813 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4814 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4815
4816 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4817 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4818
4819 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4820 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4821
4822 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4823
4824 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4825
4826 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4827 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4828 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4829
4830 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4831 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4832
4833 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4834 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4835
4836 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4837 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4838
4839 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4840 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4841
4842 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4843
4844 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4845
4846 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4847 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4848 Return VALUE.
4849
4850 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4851 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4852
4853 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4854 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4855
4856 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4857 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4858
4859 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4860 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4861
4862 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4863
4864 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4865
4866 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4867 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4868 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4869 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4870 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4871
4872 \(fn)" t nil)
4873
4874 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4875 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4876 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4877 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4878
4879 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4880
4881 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4882 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4883
4884 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4885
4886 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4887 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4888
4889 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4890
4891 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4892
4893 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4895
4896 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4897
4898 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4899
4900 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4902 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4903
4904 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4905
4906 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4907 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4908 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4909 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4910 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4911
4912 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4913 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4914 version.
4915
4916 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4917
4918 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4919 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4920 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4921
4922 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4923 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4924
4925 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4926
4927 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4928 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4929
4930 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4931 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4932
4933 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4934
4935 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4937
4938 \(fn)" t nil)
4939
4940 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4942
4943 \(fn)" t nil)
4944
4945 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize all already saved user options.
4947
4948 \(fn)" t nil)
4949
4950 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4951 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4952 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4953 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4954 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4955 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4956 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4957
4958 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4959
4960 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4961 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4962 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4963
4964 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4967 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4968
4969 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4972 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4973
4974 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4977 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4978 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4979 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4980 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4981 that option.
4982
4983 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4984
4985 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4986 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4987 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4988 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4989 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4990 that option.
4991
4992 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4993
4994 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4995 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4996
4997 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4998
4999 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5000 File used for storing customization information.
5001 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5002 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5003 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5004
5005 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5006 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5007 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5008 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5009
5010 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5011
5012 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5013 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5014
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5016
5017 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5018 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5019
5020 \(fn)" nil nil)
5021
5022 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5023 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5024 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5025
5026 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5027
5028 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5029 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5030 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5031 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5032 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5033
5034 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5035
5036 ;;;***
5037
5038 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5039 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5040 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5042
5043 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5044 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5045
5046 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5047
5048 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5049 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5050 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5051 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5052
5053 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5054
5055 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5056 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5057 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5058 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5059 between themes and faces.
5060 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5061
5062 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5063 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5064
5065 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5068 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5069 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5070 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5071 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5072
5073 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5076 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5077 Associate this setting with THEME.
5078
5079 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5080
5081 (FACE TO-THEME)
5082
5083 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5084
5085 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5086
5087 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5088 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5089 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5090
5091 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5092
5093 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5094
5095 ;;;***
5096
5097 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5098 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5099 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5100
5101 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5102 Create a custom theme.
5103
5104 \(fn)" t nil)
5105
5106 ;;;***
5107
5108 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5109 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5110 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5111
5112 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5113 Mode used for cvs status output.
5114
5115 \(fn)" t nil)
5116
5117 ;;;***
5118
5119 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5120 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16213 43281))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5122
5123 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5124 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5125
5126 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5127 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5128 C++ modes are included.
5129
5130 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5131
5132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5135 Turn on CWarn mode.
5136
5137 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5138 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5139
5140 \(fn)" nil nil)
5141
5142 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5143 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5144 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5146 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5147
5148 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5149
5150 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5151 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5152 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5153 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5154 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5155
5156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5157
5158 ;;;***
5159
5160 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5161 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5162 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5164
5165 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5166 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5167
5168 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5169
5170 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5171 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5172
5173 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5174
5175 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5176 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5177 For readability, the table is slightly
5178 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5179
5180 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5181 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5182 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5183 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5184 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5185
5186 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5187
5188 ;;;***
5189
5190 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5191 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5192 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5193 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5194 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5195
5196 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5197 Completion on current word.
5198 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5199 and presents suggestions for completion.
5200
5201 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5202 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5203 completions.
5204
5205 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5206 then it searches *all* buffers.
5207
5208 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5209 if there is a suitable one already.
5210
5211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5212
5213 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5214 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5215
5216 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5217 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5218 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5219 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5220 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5221
5222 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5223 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5224
5225 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5226 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5227 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5228
5229 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5230 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5231
5232 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5233
5234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5235
5236 ;;;***
5237
5238 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16213
5239 ;;;;;; 43281))
5240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5241
5242 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5243 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5244
5245 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5246 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5247 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5248
5249 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5250 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5251 Data lines are not indented.
5252
5253 Key bindings:
5254
5255 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5256 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5257
5258 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5259 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5260 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5261 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5262
5263 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5264
5265 dcl-basic-offset
5266 Extra indentation within blocks.
5267
5268 dcl-continuation-offset
5269 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5270
5271 dcl-margin-offset
5272 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5273
5274 dcl-margin-label-offset
5275 Indentation for a label.
5276
5277 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5278 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5279
5280 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5281 dcl-block-end-regexp
5282 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5283 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5284 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5285 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5286 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5287
5288 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5289 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5290 Two such functions are included in the package:
5291 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5292 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5293
5294 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5295 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5296 One such function is included in the package:
5297 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5298
5299 dcl-tab-always-indent
5300 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5301 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5302 margin.
5303
5304 dcl-electric-characters
5305 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5306 typed.
5307
5308 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5309 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5310 which words trigger electric indentation.
5311
5312 dcl-tempo-comma
5313 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5314 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5315 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5316
5317 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5318 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5319 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5320 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5321
5322 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5323 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5324 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5325 dcl-imenu-label-call
5326 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5327
5328 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5329 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5330 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5331 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5332
5333
5334 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5335
5336 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5337 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5338 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5339 $ i = 1
5340 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5341 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5342 $ label:
5343 $ if i.eq.1
5344 $ then
5345 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5346 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5347 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5348 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5349 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5350 \"lined up with the command line\"
5351 $ type sys$input
5352 Data lines are not indented at all.
5353 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5354 $ endif
5355 $
5356
5357
5358 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5359 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5360
5361 \(fn)" t nil)
5362
5363 ;;;***
5364
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5366 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16213 43273))
5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5368
5369 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5370
5371 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5372 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5373 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5374 of the evaluator.
5375
5376 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5377 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5378 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5379
5380 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5381
5382 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5383 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5384 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5385 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5386 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5387 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5388 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5389
5390 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5393 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5394 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5395
5396 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5397
5398 ;;;***
5399
5400 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5401 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
5402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5403
5404 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5405 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5406
5407 \(fn)" t nil)
5408
5409 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5410 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5411 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5412 Upper-case letters are commands.
5413
5414 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5415 modify it.
5416
5417 The most useful commands are:
5418 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5419 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5420 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5421 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5422 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5423 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5424
5425 \(fn)" t nil)
5426
5427 ;;;***
5428
5429 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5430 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16213
5431 ;;;;;; 43267))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5433
5434 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5435 Customization of `columns' group.
5436
5437 \(fn)" t nil)
5438
5439 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5440 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5441
5442 START and END delimits the text region.
5443
5444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5445
5446 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5447 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5448
5449 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5450
5451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5452
5453 ;;;***
5454
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16213
5456 ;;;;;; 43281))
5457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5458
5459 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5460 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5461 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5462 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5463 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5464 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5465
5466 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5467
5468 Customization:
5469
5470 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5471 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5472 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5473 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5474 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5475 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5476 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5477 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5478 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5479 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5480 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5481 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5482 blank line.
5483 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5484 Directories to search when finding external units.
5485 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5486 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5487
5488 Coloring:
5489
5490 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5491 Face used to color delphi comments.
5492 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5493 Face used to color delphi strings.
5494 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5495 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5496 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5497 Face used to color everything else.
5498
5499 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5500 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5501
5502 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5503
5504 ;;;***
5505
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16213
5507 ;;;;;; 43267))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5509
5510 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5511
5512 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5513 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5514 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5516 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5517
5518 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5519
5520 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5521 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5522 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5523 positive.
5524
5525 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5526 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5527 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5528 any selection.
5529
5530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5531
5532 ;;;***
5533
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5535 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16213 43273))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5537
5538 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5539 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5540
5541 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5542
5543 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5544 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5545 or nil if there is no parent.
5546 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5547 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5548 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5549 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5550 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5551
5552 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5553 arguments are currently understood:
5554 :group GROUP
5555 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5556 :syntax-table TABLE
5557 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5558 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5559 :abbrev-table TABLE
5560 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5561 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5562
5563 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5564
5565 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5566
5567 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5568 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5569 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5570
5571 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5572 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5573
5574 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5575 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5576 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5577
5578 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5579 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5580
5581 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5582 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5583
5584 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5585
5586 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5587 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5588 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5589 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5590 the first time the mode is used.
5591
5592 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5593
5594 ;;;***
5595
5596 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5597 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16247 63112))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5599
5600 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5601 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5602 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5603 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5604 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5605 otherwise.
5606
5607 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5608
5609 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5610 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5611 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5612 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5613 character composition information (if relevant),
5614 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5615
5616 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5617
5618 ;;;***
5619
5620 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5621 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5622 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16250 35347))
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5624
5625 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5626 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5627 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5629 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5630
5631 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5632
5633 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5634 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5635 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5636 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5637 desktop is saved.
5638
5639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5640
5641 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5642 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5643 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5644 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5645 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5646 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5647 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5648 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5649
5650 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5651
5652 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5653 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5654 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5655
5656 \(fn)" nil nil)
5657
5658 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5659 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5660 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5661 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5662 directory DIRNAME.
5663
5664 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5667 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5668
5669 \(fn)" t nil)
5670
5671 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5672 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5673
5674 \(fn)" t nil)
5675
5676 ;;;***
5677
5678 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util"
5679 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (16233 29568))
5680 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5681
5682 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5683
5684 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5685 Not documented
5686
5687 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5688
5689 ;;;***
5690
5691 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5692 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16213 43272))
5693 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5694
5695 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5696 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5697 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5698 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5699 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5700
5701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5704 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5705 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5706 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5707
5708 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5709 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5710 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5711 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5712
5713 #!/bin/sh
5714 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5715 emacs -batch \\
5716 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5717 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5718 european-calendar-style t \\
5719 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5720 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5721 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5722
5723 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5724 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5725 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5726 to run it every morning at 1am.
5727
5728 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5729
5730 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5731 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5732
5733 \(fn)" t nil)
5734
5735 ;;;***
5736
5737 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5738 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16213 43267))
5739 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5740
5741 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5742 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5743
5744 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5745
5746 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5747 *The command to use to run diff.")
5748
5749 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5750
5751 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5752 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5753 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5754 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5755 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5756 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5757
5758 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5759
5760 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5761 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5762 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5763 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5764 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5765
5766 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5767
5768 ;;;***
5769
5770 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5771 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5772 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5773
5774 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5775 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5776 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5777 normal diffs.
5778 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5779 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5780 headers for you on-the-fly.
5781
5782 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5783 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5784 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5785
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5789 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5790 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5791
5792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5793
5794 ;;;***
5795
5796 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5797 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5798 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5799 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5800 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16250 35347))
5801 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5802
5803 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5804 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5805 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5806 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5807 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5808 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5809 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5810 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5811
5812 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5813
5814 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5815 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5816
5817 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5818 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5819 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5820 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5821 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5822
5823 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5824 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5825
5826 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5827 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5828 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5829 always set this variable to t.")
5830
5831 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5832
5833 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5834 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5835 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5836 A value of t means move to first file.")
5837
5838 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5839
5840 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5841 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5842 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5843 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5844 are afterward marked with that character.")
5845
5846 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5847
5848 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5849 *Controls marking of copied files.
5850 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5851 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5852
5853 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5854
5855 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5856 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5857 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5858 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5859
5860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5861
5862 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5863 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5864 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5865 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5866
5867 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5868
5869 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5870 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5871 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5872 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5873
5874 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5875
5876 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5877
5878 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5879 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5880 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5881
5882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5883
5884 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5885 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5886 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5887 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5888 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5889 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5890
5891 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5892 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5893 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5894 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5895 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5896 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5897 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5898 list of files to make directory entries for.
5899 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5900 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5901 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5902 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5903
5904 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5905
5906 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5907 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5908
5909 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5910 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5911
5912 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5913 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5914
5915 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5916 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5917
5918 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5919
5920 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5921 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5922
5923 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5924 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5925
5926 ;;;***
5927
5928 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5929 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5930 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5931 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5932 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5933 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5934 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5935 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5936 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5937 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5938 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5939 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5940 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16213 43267))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5942
5943 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5944 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5945 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5946 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5947 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5948 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5949 which is options for `diff'.
5950
5951 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5952
5953 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5954 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5955 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5956 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5957 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5958 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5959
5960 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5961
5962 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5963 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5964 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5965
5966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5967
5968 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5969 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5970
5971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5972
5973 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5974 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5975
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5977
5978 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5979 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5980 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5981 `lpr-switches' as default.
5982
5983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5984
5985 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5986 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5987 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5988 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5989 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5990
5991 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5992 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5993
5994 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5995 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5996 file name substituted for `?'.
5997
5998 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5999 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6000
6001 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6002 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6003 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6004 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6005
6006 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6007
6008 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6009 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6010 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6011
6012 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6013 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6014 in a subdir.
6015
6016 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6017 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6018
6019 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6022 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6023 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6024 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6025 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6026 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6027
6028 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6029
6030 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6031 Not documented
6032
6033 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6034
6035 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6036 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6037
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6039
6040 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6041 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6042
6043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6044
6045 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6046 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6047
6048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6049
6050 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6051 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6052 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6053 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6054
6055 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6056
6057 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Not documented
6059
6060 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6061
6062 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6063 Not documented
6064
6065 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6066
6067 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6068 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6069
6070 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6071
6072 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6073 Not documented
6074
6075 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6076
6077 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6078 Not documented
6079
6080 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6083 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6084
6085 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6086
6087 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6088 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6089 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6090 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6091 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6092 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6093 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6094 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6095 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6096
6097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6098
6099 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6100 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6101 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6102 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6103 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6104 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6105 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6106 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6107
6108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6109
6110 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6111 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6112 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6113 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6114 and new hard links are made in that directory
6115 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6116 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6117 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6118
6119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6122 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6123 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6124 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6125 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6126 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6127 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6128
6129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6130
6131 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6132 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6133
6134 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6135 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6136 file if none are marked.
6137
6138 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6139 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6140 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6141 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6142
6143 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6144 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6145
6146 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6147
6148 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6149 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6150 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6151
6152 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6153
6154 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6155 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6156 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6157
6158 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6159
6160 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6161 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6162 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6163
6164 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6165
6166 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6167 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6168
6169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6170
6171 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6172 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6173
6174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6175
6176 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6177 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6178 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6179 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6180 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6181 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6182 this subdirectory.
6183 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6184
6185 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6186
6187 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6188 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6189 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6190 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6191 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6192 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6193 this subdirectory.
6194 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6195
6196 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6199 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6200 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6201
6202 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6203
6204 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6205 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6206 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6207 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6208
6209 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6210
6211 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6212 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6213 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6214 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6215
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6219 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6220 Lower levels are unaffected.
6221
6222 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6223
6224 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6225 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6226
6227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6228
6229 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6230 Go down in the dired tree.
6231
6232 \(fn)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6235 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6236 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6237 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6238
6239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6240
6241 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6242 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6243 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6244 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6245
6246 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6247
6248 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6249 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6250 Stops when a match is found.
6251 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6252
6253 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6254
6255 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6256 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6257 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6258 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6259 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6260
6261 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6262
6263 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6264 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6265 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6266 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6267
6268 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6269
6270 ;;;***
6271
6272 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16247 63112))
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6274
6275 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6276 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6277 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6278 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6279 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6280 buffer and try again.
6281
6282 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6283
6284 ;;;***
6285
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16213 43267))
6287 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6288
6289 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6290 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6291 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6292
6293 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6294
6295 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6296 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6297
6298 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6299 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6300
6301 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6302
6303 ;;;***
6304
6305 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16213
6306 ;;;;;; 43273))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6308
6309 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6310 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6311 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6312 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6313 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6314 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6315
6316 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6317
6318 ;;;***
6319
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6321 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6322 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6323 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6324 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16213 43267))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6326
6327 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6328 Return a new, empty display table.
6329
6330 \(fn)" nil nil)
6331
6332 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6333 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6334 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6335 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6336 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6337
6338 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6341 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6342 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6343 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6344 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6345
6346 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6347
6348 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6349 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6350
6351 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6352
6353 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6354 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6355
6356 \(fn)" t nil)
6357
6358 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6359 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6360
6361 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6362
6363 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6364 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6365
6366 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6367
6368 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6369 Display character C using printable string S.
6370
6371 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6372
6373 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6374 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6375 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6376 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6377
6378 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6379
6380 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6381 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6382 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6383 X frame.
6384
6385 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6386
6387 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6388 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6389
6390 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6391
6392 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6393 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6394
6395 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6396
6397 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6398 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6399
6400 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6401 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6402 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6403 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6404
6405 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6406 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6407 European character display.
6408
6409 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6410 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6411 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6412 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6413
6414 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6415 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6416 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6417 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6418 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6419
6420 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6421
6422 ;;;***
6423
6424 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6425 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
6426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6427
6428 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6429 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6430 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6431 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6432 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6433 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6434 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6435 Default is 2.
6436
6437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6438
6439 ;;;***
6440
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16213 43281))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6443
6444 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6445 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6446
6447 \(fn)" t nil)
6448
6449 ;;;***
6450
6451 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6452 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
6453 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6454
6455 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6456 Toggle Double mode.
6457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6458 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6459
6460 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6461
6462 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6463 Toggle Double mode.
6464 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6465
6466 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6467 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6468
6469 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6470
6471 ;;;***
6472
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16213 43281))
6474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6475
6476 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6477 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6478
6479 \(fn)" t nil)
6480
6481 ;;;***
6482
6483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6484 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
6485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6486
6487 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6488 Play sounds in message buffers.
6489
6490 \(fn)" t nil)
6491
6492 ;;;***
6493
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6495 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16213 43273))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6498
6499 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6500
6501 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6502 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6503 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6504 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6505
6506 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6507 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6508 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6509 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6510 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6511 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6512 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6513 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6514 used (see below).
6515
6516 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6517 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6518 Before the actual body code, you can write
6519 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6520 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6521 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6522 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6523 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6524 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6525 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6526 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6527 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6528 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6529 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6530
6531 For example, you could write
6532 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6533 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6534 ...BODY CODE...)
6535
6536 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6537
6538 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6539 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6540 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6541 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6542 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6543 :group to specify the custom group.
6544
6545 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6546
6547 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6548 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6549 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6550 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6551 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6552 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6553 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6554
6555 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6558 Not documented
6559
6560 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6561
6562 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6563 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6564 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6565
6566 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6567
6568 ;;;***
6569
6570 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6571 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16213
6572 ;;;;;; 43273))
6573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6574
6575 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6576
6577 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6578 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6579
6580 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6581 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6582 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6583
6584 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6585 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6586
6587 :filter FUNCTION
6588
6589 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6590 menu displayed.
6591
6592 :visible INCLUDE
6593
6594 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6595 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6596
6597 :active ENABLE
6598
6599 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6600 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6601
6602 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6603
6604 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6605
6606 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6607
6608 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6609 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6610
6611 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6612 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6613
6614 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6615
6616 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6617
6618 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6619
6620 :keys KEYS
6621
6622 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6623 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6624 computed automatically.
6625 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6626
6627 :key-sequence KEYS
6628
6629 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6630 menu item.
6631 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6632 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6633 keyboard equivalent.
6634
6635 :active ENABLE
6636
6637 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6638 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6639
6640 :included INCLUDE
6641
6642 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6643 expression has a non-nil value.
6644
6645 :suffix FORM
6646
6647 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6648 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6649
6650 :style STYLE
6651
6652 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6653 defined:
6654
6655 toggle: A checkbox.
6656 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6657 radio: A radio button.
6658 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6659 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6660 menu bar itself.
6661 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6662
6663 :selected SELECTED
6664
6665 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6666 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6667
6668 :help HELP
6669
6670 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6671
6672 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6673 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6674 as a solid horizontal line.
6675
6676 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6677
6678 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6679
6680 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6681 Not documented
6682
6683 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6686 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6687 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6688 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6689
6690 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6691
6692 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6693 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6694 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6695 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6696 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6697 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6698
6699 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6700 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6701 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6702
6703 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6704 to implement dynamic menus.
6705
6706 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6707
6708 ;;;***
6709
6710 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6711 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6712 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6713 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6714 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16213 43281))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6716
6717 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6718 Customization for ebnf group.
6719
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6723 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6724
6725 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6726 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6727 it to the printer.
6728
6729 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6730 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6731 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6732 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6733
6734 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6735
6736 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6737 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6738 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6739
6740 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6741
6742 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6743 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6744 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6745 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6746
6747 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6748
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6752 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6753 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6754
6755 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6756
6757 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6758
6759 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6760 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6761
6762 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6763 The EPS file name has the following form:
6764
6765 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6766
6767 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6768 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6769
6770 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6771 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6772 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6773 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6774
6775 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6776
6777 \(fn)" t nil)
6778
6779 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6780 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6781
6782 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6783 The EPS file name has the following form:
6784
6785 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6786
6787 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6788 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6789
6790 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6791 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6792 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6793 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6794
6795 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6796
6797 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6798
6799 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6800
6801 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6802 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6803
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6805
6806 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6808
6809 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6810
6811 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6812 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6813
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6815
6816 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6817 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6818
6819 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6820
6821 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6822 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6823
6824 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6825
6826 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6827 Set STYLE to current style.
6828
6829 It returns the old style symbol.
6830
6831 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6832
6833 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6834 Reset current style.
6835
6836 It returns the old style symbol.
6837
6838 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6839
6840 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6841 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6842
6843 It returns the old style symbol.
6844
6845 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6846
6847 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6848 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6849
6850 It returns the old style symbol.
6851
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6853
6854 ;;;***
6855
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6857 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6858 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6859 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6860 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6861 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6862 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6863 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6864 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6865 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6866 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16234
6867 ;;;;;; 50257))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6869
6870 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6871 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6872 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6873 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6874 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6875 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6876
6877 Tree mode key bindings:
6878 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6879
6880 \(fn)" t nil)
6881
6882 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6883 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6884
6885 \(fn)" t nil)
6886
6887 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6888 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6889
6890 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6891
6892 \(fn)" nil nil)
6893
6894 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6895 View declaration of member at point.
6896
6897 \(fn)" t nil)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6900 Find declaration of member at point.
6901
6902 \(fn)" t nil)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6905 View definition of member at point.
6906
6907 \(fn)" t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6910 Find definition of member at point.
6911
6912 \(fn)" t nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6915 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6916
6917 \(fn)" t nil)
6918
6919 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6920 View definition of member at point in other window.
6921
6922 \(fn)" t nil)
6923
6924 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6925 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6926
6927 \(fn)" t nil)
6928
6929 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6930 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6931
6932 \(fn)" t nil)
6933
6934 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6935 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6936
6937 \(fn)" t nil)
6938
6939 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6940 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6941
6942 \(fn)" t nil)
6943
6944 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6945 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6946 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6947 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6948 completion.
6949
6950 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6951
6952 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6953 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6954 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6955 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6956
6957 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6958
6959 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6960 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6961 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6962 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6963
6964 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6965
6966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6967 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6968 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6969
6970 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6971
6972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6973 Search for call sites of a member.
6974 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6975 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6976 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6977 looks like a function call to the member.
6978
6979 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6980
6981 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6982 Move backward in the position stack.
6983 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6984
6985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6988 Move forward in the position stack.
6989 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6990
6991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6992
6993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6994 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6995
6996 \(fn)" t nil)
6997
6998 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6999 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7000
7001 \(fn)" t nil)
7002
7003 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7004 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7005 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7006 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7007
7008 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7009
7010 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7011 Display statistics for a class tree.
7012
7013 \(fn)" t nil)
7014
7015 ;;;***
7016
7017 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7018 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7020
7021 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7022 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7023 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7024 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7025
7026 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7027 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7028 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7029
7030 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7031 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7032 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7033
7034 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7035
7036 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7037
7038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7039
7040 ;;;***
7041
7042 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7043 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16213 43267))
7044 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7045
7046 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7047 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7048 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7049
7050 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7051
7052 ;;;***
7053
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7055 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16239 25257))
7056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7057
7058 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7059 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7060 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7061 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7062 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7063
7064 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7065 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7066 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7067 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7068
7069 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7070
7071 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7072 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7073 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7074 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7075
7076 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7077
7078 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7079 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7080 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7081 \(naming a function), or a list.
7082
7083 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7084
7085 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7086
7087 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7088 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7089 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7090 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7091 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7092
7093 If you do this on a function definition
7094 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7095 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7096 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7097 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7098
7099 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7100 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7101 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7102 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7103 already is one.)
7104
7105 \(fn)" t nil)
7106
7107 ;;;***
7108
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7110 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7111 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7112 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7113 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7114 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7115 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7116 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7117 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7118 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16213 43267))
7119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7120
7121 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7122 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7123
7124 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7127 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7128
7129 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7130
7131 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7132
7133 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7134
7135 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7136 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7137 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7138 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7139
7140 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7143 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7144
7145 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7146
7147 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7148
7149 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7150 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7151
7152 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7153
7154 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7155
7156 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7157 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7158 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7159 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7160
7161 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7162
7163 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7164
7165 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7166 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7167 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7168 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7169
7170 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7171
7172 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7173
7174 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7175 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7176 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7177 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7178
7179 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7180
7181 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7182
7183 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7184 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7185 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7186 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7187
7188 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7189
7190 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7191
7192 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7193 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7194 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7195 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7196 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7197 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7198
7199 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7202 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7203 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7204 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7205
7206 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7207
7208 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7209
7210 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7211 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7212 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7213 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7214
7215 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7216
7217 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7218
7219 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7220
7221 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7222 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7223 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7224 follows:
7225 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7226 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7227
7228 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7231 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7232 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7233 follows:
7234 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7235 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7236
7237 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7240 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7241 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7242 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7243 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7244 region.
7245 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7246 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7247
7248 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7251 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7252 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7253 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7254 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7255 region.
7256 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7257 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7258 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7259
7260 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7261
7262 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7263
7264 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7265 Merge two files without ancestor.
7266
7267 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7270 Merge two files with ancestor.
7271
7272 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7273
7274 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7275
7276 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7277 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7278
7279 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7282 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7283
7284 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7287 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7288 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7289 buffer.
7290
7291 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7294 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7295 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7296 buffer.
7297
7298 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7301 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7302 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7303 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7304
7305 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7308 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7309 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7310 and don't ask the user.
7311 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7312 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7313
7314 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7317 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7318 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7319 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7320 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7321 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7322
7323 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7324
7325 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7326
7327 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7328
7329 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7330 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7331 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7332 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7333 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7334
7335 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7336
7337 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7338
7339 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7340 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7341 When called interactively, displays the version.
7342
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7346 Display Ediff's manual.
7347 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7348
7349 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7350
7351 ;;;***
7352
7353 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7356
7357 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7358 Not documented
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 ;;;***
7363
7364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16213 43267))
7365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7366
7367 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7368 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7369
7370 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7371
7372 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7373
7374 ;;;***
7375
7376 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7377 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7379
7380 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7381 Display Ediff's registry.
7382
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7384
7385 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7386
7387 ;;;***
7388
7389 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7390 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16213 43267))
7391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7392
7393 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7394 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7395 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7396 which see.
7397
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7401 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7402 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7403 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 ;;;***
7408
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7410 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7411 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7413
7414 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7415 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7416 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7417
7418 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7419 Edit a keyboard macro.
7420 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7421 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7422 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7423 its command name.
7424 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7425
7426 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7429 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7430
7431 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7434 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7435
7436 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7439 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7440 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7441 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7442 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7443 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7444
7445 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7446 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7447 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7448 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7449
7450 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7453 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7454 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7455 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7456 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7457 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7458
7459 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7460
7461 ;;;***
7462
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7464 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16213 43273))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7466
7467 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7468 Set scroll margins.
7469 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7470 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7471
7472 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7475 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 ;;;***
7480
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7482 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7484
7485 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7486 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7487 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7488 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7489 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7490 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7491 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7492 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7493
7494 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7495 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7496
7497 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7498 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7499 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7500 this value is non-nil.
7501
7502 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7503 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7504 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7505
7506 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7507 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7508 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7509
7510 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7511
7512 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7513 Not documented
7514
7515 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7516
7517 ;;;***
7518
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7520 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16219 32429))
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7522
7523 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7524 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7525
7526 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7527
7528 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7529 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7530 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7531
7532 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7533 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7534 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7535 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7536 from the documentation string if possible.
7537
7538 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7539 instead.
7540
7541 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7542
7543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7544
7545 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7546 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7547
7548 \(fn)" t nil)
7549
7550 ;;;***
7551
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16213
7553 ;;;;;; 43267))
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7555
7556 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7557 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7558
7559 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7560 an elided material again.
7561
7562 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7563
7564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7565
7566 ;;;***
7567
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7569 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7571
7572 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7573 Initialize elint.
7574
7575 \(fn)" t nil)
7576
7577 ;;;***
7578
7579 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7580 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16213
7581 ;;;;;; 43273))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7583
7584 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7585 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7586 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7587
7588 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7589
7590 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7591 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7592 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7593
7594 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7595
7596 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7597 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7598 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7599
7600 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7601
7602 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7605 Display current profiling results.
7606 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7607 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7608 displayed.
7609
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7611
7612 ;;;***
7613
7614 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7615 ;;;;;; (16250 35353))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7617
7618 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7619 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7620 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7621
7622 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7623
7624 ;;;***
7625
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7627 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7628 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7629 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7630 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16213 43267))
7631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7632
7633 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7634 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7635 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7636 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7637 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7638 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7639 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7640 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7641 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7642 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7643 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7644 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7645 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7646 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7647 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7648 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7649
7650 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7651 Run Emerge on two files.
7652
7653 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7654
7655 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7656 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7657
7658 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7659
7660 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7661 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7662
7663 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7664
7665 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7666 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7667
7668 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7669
7670 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7671 Not documented
7672
7673 \(fn)" nil nil)
7674
7675 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7676 Not documented
7677
7678 \(fn)" nil nil)
7679
7680 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7681 Not documented
7682
7683 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7684
7685 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7686 Not documented
7687
7688 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7689
7690 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7691 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7692
7693 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7696 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7697
7698 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7699
7700 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7701 Not documented
7702
7703 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7704
7705 ;;;***
7706
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7708 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7710
7711 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7712 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7713 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7715 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7716
7717 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7718
7719 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7720 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7721 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7722
7723 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7724 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7725 automatically.
7726
7727 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7728 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7729 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7730
7731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7732
7733 ;;;***
7734
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7736 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16213 43283))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7738
7739 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7740 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7741 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7742 text/enriched format.
7743 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7744
7745 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7746 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7747
7748 Commands:
7749
7750 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7751
7752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7753
7754 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7755 Not documented
7756
7757 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7758
7759 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7760 Not documented
7761
7762 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7763
7764 ;;;***
7765
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16213
7767 ;;;;;; 43273))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7769
7770 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7771 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7772
7773 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7774
7775 \(fn)" nil nil)
7776
7777 ;;;***
7778
7779 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16213
7780 ;;;;;; 43273))
7781 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7782
7783 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7784 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7785
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7787
7788 ;;;***
7789
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7791 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16213 43273))
7792 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7793
7794 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7795 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7796 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7797 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7798 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7799 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7800 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7801 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7802 buffer selected (or created).
7803
7804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7807 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7808 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7809
7810 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7813 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7814 The result might be any Lisp object.
7815 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7816 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7817 corresponding to a successful execution.
7818
7819 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7820
7821 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7822 Report a bug in Eshell.
7823 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7824 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7825
7826 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7827
7828 ;;;***
7829
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7831 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7832 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7833 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7834 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7835 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7836 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16213
7837 ;;;;;; 43281))
7838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7839
7840 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7841 *File name of tags table.
7842 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7843 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7844 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7845 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7846
7847 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7848 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7849 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7850 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7851
7852 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7853
7854 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7855 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7856 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7857 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7858 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7859 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7860
7861 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7862
7863 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7864 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7865 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7866 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7867 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7868 `auto-compression-mode').")
7869
7870 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7871
7872 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7873 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7874 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7875 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7876 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7877
7878 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7879
7880 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7881 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7882 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7883 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7884
7885 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7886
7887 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7888 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7889 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7890 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7891 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7892
7893 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7894
7895 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7896 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7897 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7898 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7899
7900 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7901 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7902 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7903 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7904 file the tag was in.
7905
7906 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7907
7908 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7909 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7910 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7911 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7912 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7913 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7914 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7915 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7916 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7917
7918 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7919
7920 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7921 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7922 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7923 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7924 without directory names.
7925
7926 \(fn)" nil nil)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7929 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7930 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7931 but does not select the buffer.
7932 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7933
7934 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7935 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7936 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7937 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7938 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7939
7940 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7941
7942 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7943 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7944 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7945
7946 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7947
7948 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7949
7950 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7951 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7952 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7953 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7954
7955 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7956 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7957 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7958 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7959 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7960
7961 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7962
7963 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7964 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7965 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7966
7967 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7968
7969 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7970 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7971
7972 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7973 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7974 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7975 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7976 around or before point.
7977
7978 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7979 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7980 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7981 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7982 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7983
7984 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7985
7986 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7987 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7988 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7989
7990 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7991
7992 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7993 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7994
7995 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7996 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7997 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7998 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7999 around or before point.
8000
8001 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8002 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8003 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8004 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8005 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8006
8007 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8008
8009 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8010 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8011 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8012
8013 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8014
8015 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8016 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8017
8018 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8019 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8020 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8021
8022 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8023 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8024 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8025 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8026 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8027
8028 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8029
8030 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8031 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8032 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8033
8034 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8035
8036 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8037 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8038 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8039
8040 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8041 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8042
8043 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8044 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8045 where they were found.
8046
8047 \(fn)" t nil)
8048
8049 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8050 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8051
8052 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8053 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8054 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8055
8056 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8057 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8058
8059 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8060 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8061
8062 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8063
8064 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8065 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8066 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8067 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8068
8069 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8070 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8071 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8072 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8073 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8074
8075 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8076 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8079 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8080 Stops when a match is found.
8081 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8082
8083 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8084
8085 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8086
8087 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8088 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8089 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8090 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8091 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8092
8093 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8094
8095 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8096
8097 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8098 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8099 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8100 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8101 directory specification.
8102
8103 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8106 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8107
8108 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8111 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8112 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8113 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8114
8115 \(fn)" t nil)
8116
8117 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8118 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8119 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8120 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8121 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8122
8123 \(fn)" t nil)
8124
8125 ;;;***
8126
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8128 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8131 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8132 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8133 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8134 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16213 43280))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8136
8137 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8138 Not documented
8139
8140 \(fn)" nil nil)
8141
8142 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8143 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8144 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8145 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8146
8147 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8148 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8149 language.
8150
8151 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8152 even if the buffer is read-only.
8153
8154 See also the descriptions of the variables
8155 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8156 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8157
8158 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8159
8160 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8161 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8162
8163 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8164 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8165
8166 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8167 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8168 language.
8169
8170 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8171 buffer is read-only.
8172
8173 See also the descriptions of the variables
8174 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8175 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8176
8177 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8180 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8181 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8182
8183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8184
8185 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8186 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8187
8188 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8189 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8190
8191 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8192 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8193
8194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8195
8196 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8197 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8198 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8199 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8200
8201 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8202
8203 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8204 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8205 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8206 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8207
8208 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8209 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8210 the primary language.
8211
8212 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8213 buffer is read-only.
8214
8215 See also the descriptions of the variables
8216 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8217 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8218
8219 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8222 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8223 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8224 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8225
8226 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8227 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8228 primary language.
8229
8230 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8231 buffer is read-only.
8232
8233 See also the descriptions of the variables
8234 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8235 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8236
8237 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8240 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8241 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8242
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8246 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8247
8248 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8249 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8250 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8251 3) convert the body into SERA.
8252
8253 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8254
8255 \(fn)" t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8258 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8259 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8260
8261 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8264 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8265
8266 \(fn)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8269 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8270
8271 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8272 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8273 be 1, 2, or 3.
8274
8275 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8276 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8277 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8278
8279 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8280
8281 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8284 Allow the user to input special characters.
8285
8286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8289 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8290 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8291
8292 \(fn)" t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8295 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8296
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8298
8299 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8300 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8301
8302 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8303 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8304
8305 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8306 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8307
8308 \(fn)" nil nil)
8309
8310 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8311 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8312
8313 \(fn)" nil nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8316 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8317
8318 \(fn)" nil nil)
8319
8320 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8321 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8322
8323 \(fn)" nil nil)
8324
8325 ;;;***
8326
8327 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8328 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8329 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8331
8332 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8333 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8334 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8335 server for future sessions.
8336
8337 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8338
8339 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8340 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8341
8342 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8346
8347 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8350 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8351 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8352 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8353 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8354 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8355 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8356 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8357 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8358 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8359 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8360 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8361
8362 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8363
8364 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8365 Display a form to query the directory server.
8366 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8367 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8368
8369 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8372 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8373 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8374
8375 \(fn)" t nil)
8376
8377 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8378
8379 ;;;***
8380
8381 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8382 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8383 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16213 43280))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8385
8386 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8387 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8388
8389 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8390
8391 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8392 Display URL and make it clickable.
8393
8394 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8397 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8398
8399 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8400
8401 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8402 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8403
8404 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8405
8406 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8407 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8408
8409 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8410
8411 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8412 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8413
8414 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8415
8416 ;;;***
8417
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8419 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16213 43280))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8421
8422 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8423 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8424 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8425
8426 \(fn)" t nil)
8427
8428 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8429 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8430
8431 \(fn)" t nil)
8432
8433 ;;;***
8434
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8436 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8438
8439 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8440 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8441
8442 \(fn)" t nil)
8443
8444 ;;;***
8445
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8447 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8448 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16213 43281))
8449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8450
8451 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8452 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8453 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8454
8455 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8456
8457 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8458 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8459 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8460 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8461 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8462 executable.
8463
8464 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8467 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8468 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8469
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8471
8472 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8473 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8474 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8475 file modes.
8476
8477 \(fn)" nil nil)
8478
8479 ;;;***
8480
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8482 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16213 43267))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8484
8485 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8486 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8487 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8488 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8489
8490 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8491
8492 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8493 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8494 to generate such functions.
8495
8496 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8497 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8498 beginning of the expanded text.
8499
8500 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8501 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8502 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8503 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8504
8505 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8506
8507 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8508
8509 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8510 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8511 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8512
8513 \(fn)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8516 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8517 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8518
8519 \(fn)" t nil)
8520 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8521 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8522
8523 ;;;***
8524
8525 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16213 43281))
8526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8527
8528 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8529 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8530 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8531
8532 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8533 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8534 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8535
8536 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8537
8538 Key definitions:
8539 \\{f90-mode-map}
8540
8541 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8542
8543 `f90-do-indent'
8544 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8545 `f90-if-indent'
8546 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8547 `f90-type-indent'
8548 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8549 `f90-program-indent'
8550 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8551 (default 2).
8552 `f90-continuation-indent'
8553 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8554 `f90-comment-region'
8555 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8556 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8557 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8558 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8559 (default \"!\").
8560 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8561 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8562 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8563 `f90-break-delimiters'
8564 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8565 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8566 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8567 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8568 (default t).
8569 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8570 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8571 `f90-smart-end'
8572 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8573 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8574 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8575 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8576 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8577 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8578 `f90-leave-line-no'
8579 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8580 `f90-keywords-re'
8581 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8582
8583 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8584 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8585
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8587
8588 ;;;***
8589
8590 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8591 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8592 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8593 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8594 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16213 43267))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8596 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8597 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8598
8599 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8600 Menu keymap for faces.")
8601
8602 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8603
8604 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8605 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8606
8607 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8608
8609 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8610 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8611
8612 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8613
8614 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8615 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8616
8617 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8618
8619 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8620 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8621
8622 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8623
8624 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8625 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8626
8627 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8628
8629 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8630 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8631
8632 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8633
8634 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8635
8636 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8637
8638 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8639
8640 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8641 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8642 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8643 will not show through at all will be removed.
8644
8645 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8646
8647 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8648 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8649 requested face.
8650
8651 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8652 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8653 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8654
8655 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8656
8657 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8658 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8659 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8660
8661 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8662 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8663 requested face.
8664
8665 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8666 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8667 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8668
8669 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8672 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8673 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8674
8675 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8676 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8677 requested face.
8678
8679 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8680 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8681 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8682
8683 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8684
8685 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8686 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8687 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8688 is the menu item's name.
8689
8690 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8691 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8692 requested face.
8693
8694 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8695 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8696 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8697
8698 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8699
8700 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8701 Make the region invisible.
8702 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8703 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8704
8705 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8706
8707 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8708 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8709 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8710 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8711
8712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8715 Make the region unmodifiable.
8716 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8717 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8718
8719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8720
8721 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8722 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8723
8724 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8725
8726 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8727 Remove all text properties from the region.
8728
8729 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8730
8731 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8732 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8733 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8734
8735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8736
8737 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8738 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8739
8740 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8741
8742 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8743 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8744 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8745 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8746 of colors that the current display can handle.
8747
8748 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8749
8750 ;;;***
8751
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8753 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16213 43267))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8755
8756 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8757 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8758 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8759 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8760
8761 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8762
8763 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8764 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8765 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8766
8767 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8768 - When you save the file's buffer.
8769 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8770 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8771 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8772 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8773
8774 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8775
8776 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8777 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8778 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8779 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8780
8781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8782
8783 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8784 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8785
8786 \(fn)" nil nil)
8787
8788 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8793 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8794 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16213 43280))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8796
8797 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8798 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8799 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8800 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8801
8802 \(fn)" nil nil)
8803
8804 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8805 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8806
8807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8808
8809 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8810 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8811 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8812 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8813
8814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8815
8816 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8817 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8818 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8819 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8820 backup file names and the like).
8821
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8823
8824 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8825 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8826 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8827 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8828 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8829 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8830 internally by feedmail):
8831
8832 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8833 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8834 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8835 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8836
8837 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8838 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8839 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8840 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8841 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8842
8843 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8844
8845 ;;;***
8846
8847 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8848 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16250 35348))
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8850
8851 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8852 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8853 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8854 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8855 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8856 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8857 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8858
8859 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8860
8861 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8862 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8863 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8864 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8865 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8866 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8867 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8868
8869 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8870
8871 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8872
8873 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8874
8875 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8876 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8877 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8878 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8879 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8880 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8881
8882 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8883
8884 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8885 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8886 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8887 Return value:
8888 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8889 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8890 * otherwise, nil
8891
8892 \(fn E)" t nil)
8893
8894 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8895 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8896
8897 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8898
8899 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8900 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8901
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8903
8904 ;;;***
8905
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8907 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8909
8910 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8911 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8912 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8913 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8914 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8915 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8916 \(directories) is done.
8917
8918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8919 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8920 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8921 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8922
8923 ;;;***
8924
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8926 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16213 43268))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8928
8929 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8930 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8931 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8932 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8933 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8934
8935 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8936
8937 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8938 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8939 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8940 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8941
8942 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8943
8944 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8945 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8946 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8947
8948 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8949
8950 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8951 as the final argument.
8952
8953 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8954
8955 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8956 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8957 and run dired on those files.
8958 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8959 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8960
8961 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8962
8963 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8964
8965 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8966 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8967 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8968
8969 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8970
8971 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8972
8973 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8974
8975 ;;;***
8976
8977 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8978 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8979 ;;;;;; (16247 1918))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8981
8982 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
8983 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
8984 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
8985 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
8986 construct.")
8987
8988 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8990 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8991
8992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8993
8994 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8995
8996 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8997
8998 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8999 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9000 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9001
9002 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9003 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9004
9005 Variables of interest include:
9006
9007 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9008 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9009 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9010
9011 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9012 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9013 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9014
9015 - `ff-ignore-include'
9016 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9017
9018 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9019 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9020
9021 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9022 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9023
9024 - `ff-special-constructs'
9025 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9026 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9027 extracting the filename from that construct.
9028
9029 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9030 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9031
9032 - `ff-search-directories'
9033 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9034 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9035
9036 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9037 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9038
9039 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9040 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9041
9042 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9043 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9044
9045 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9046 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9047
9048 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9049 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9050
9051 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9052
9053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9054 Visit the file you click on.
9055
9056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9057
9058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9059 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9060
9061 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9066 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9067 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9068 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9069 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9070 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16213 43273))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9072
9073 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9074 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9075
9076 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9077
9078 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9079 Search for SYMBOL.
9080 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9081 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9082
9083 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9084
9085 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9086 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9087
9088 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9089 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9090 not selected.
9091
9092 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9093 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9094 in `load-path'.
9095
9096 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9097
9098 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9099 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9100
9101 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9102 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9103 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9104 it is one of the current buffers.
9105
9106 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9107 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9108 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9109
9110 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9111
9112 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9113 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9114
9115 See `find-function' for more details.
9116
9117 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9118
9119 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9120 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9121
9122 See `find-function' for more details.
9123
9124 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9125
9126 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9127 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9128
9129 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9130 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9131 not selected.
9132
9133 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9134 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9135
9136 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9137
9138 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9139 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9140
9141 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9142 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9143 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9144 it is one of the current buffers.
9145
9146 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9147 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9148 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9149
9150 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9151
9152 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9153 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9154
9155 See `find-variable' for more details.
9156
9157 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9158
9159 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9160 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9161
9162 See `find-variable' for more details.
9163
9164 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9165
9166 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9167 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9168 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9169
9170 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9171
9172 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9173 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9174
9175 \(fn)" t nil)
9176
9177 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9178 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9179
9180 \(fn)" t nil)
9181
9182 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9183 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9184
9185 \(fn)" nil nil)
9186
9187 ;;;***
9188
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9190 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16213 43268))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9192
9193 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9194 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9195
9196 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9197
9198 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9199 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9200
9201 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9202
9203 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9204 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9205
9206 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9207
9208 ;;;***
9209
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9211 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16239 25256))
9212 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9213
9214 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9215 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9216
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9220 Display FILE's commentary section.
9221 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9222
9223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9224
9225 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9226 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9227
9228 \(fn)" t nil)
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9233 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16213 43268))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9235
9236 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9237 Toggle flow control handling.
9238 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9239 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9240
9241 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9242
9243 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9244 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9245 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9246 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9247 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9248 to get the effect of a C-q.
9249
9250 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9251
9252 ;;;***
9253
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9255 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9256 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16213 43283))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9258
9259 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9260 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9261 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9262
9263 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9264
9265 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9266 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9267
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9269
9270 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9271
9272 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9273
9274 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9275 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9276 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9277 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9278 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9279 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9280
9281 Bindings:
9282 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9283 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9284 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9285
9286 Hooks:
9287 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9288
9289 Remark:
9290 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9291 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9292 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9293
9294 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9295 consider adding:
9296 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9297 in your .emacs file.
9298
9299 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9300 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9301
9302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9303
9304 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9305
9306 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9307 The flyspell version
9308
9309 \(fn)" t nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9312 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9313
9314 \(fn)" nil nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9317 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9318
9319 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9320
9321 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9322 Flyspell whole buffer.
9323
9324 \(fn)" t nil)
9325
9326 ;;;***
9327
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9329 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9330 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9332
9333 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9334 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9335
9336 \(fn)" t nil)
9337
9338 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9339 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9340
9341 \(fn)" t nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9344 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9345
9346 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9347 of two major techniques:
9348
9349 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9350 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9351 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9352
9353 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9354 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9355 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9356 movement commands.
9357
9358 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9359 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9360 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9361 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9362 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9363 mileage may vary).
9364
9365 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9366 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9367
9368 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9369
9370 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9371 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9372 \(This is the default.)
9373
9374 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9375 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9376
9377 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9378 \\{follow-mode-map}
9379
9380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9381
9382 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9383 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9384
9385 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9386 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9387 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9388 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9389 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9390 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9391
9392 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9393 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9394 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9395
9396 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9397 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9398 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9399
9400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9405 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9406 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16219 35359))
9407 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9408
9409 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9410 Not documented
9411
9412 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9415 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9416 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9417 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9418 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9419 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9420 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9421 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9422 end of the current highlighting list.
9423
9424 For example:
9425
9426 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9427 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9428 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9429
9430 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9431 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9432
9433 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9434 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9435 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9436
9437 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9438 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9439 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9440
9441 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9442
9443 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9444 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9445
9446 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9447 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9448
9449 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9450 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9451 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9452
9453 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9454
9455 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9456 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9457
9458 \(fn)" t nil)
9459
9460 ;;;***
9461
9462 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16213
9463 ;;;;;; 43280))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9465
9466 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9467 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9468 \\<message-mode-map>
9469 key binding
9470 --- -------
9471
9472 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9473 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9474 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9475 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9476 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9477 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9478
9479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9480
9481 ;;;***
9482
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9484 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16213 43268))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9486
9487 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9488 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9489
9490 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9491 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9492 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9493 C-c < forms-first-record <
9494 C-c > forms-last-record >
9495 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9496 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9497 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9498 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9499 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9500 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9501 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9502 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9503 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9504 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9505
9506 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9507
9508 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9509 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9510
9511 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9512
9513 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9514 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9515
9516 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9521 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16213 43281))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9523
9524 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9525 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9526 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9527 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9528 with a character in column 6.")
9529
9530 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9531
9532 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9533 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9534 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9535
9536 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9537 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9538
9539 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9540
9541 Key definitions:
9542 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9543
9544 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9545
9546 `comment-start'
9547 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9548 `fortran-do-indent'
9549 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9550 `fortran-if-indent'
9551 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9552 `fortran-structure-indent'
9553 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9554 (default 3)
9555 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9556 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9557 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9558 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9559 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9560 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9561 nil don't change the indentation
9562 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9563 value of either
9564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9565 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9566 depending on the continuation format in use.
9567 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9568 indentation for a line of code.
9569 (default 'fixed)
9570 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9571 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9572 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9573 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9574 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9576 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9577 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9578 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9579 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9580 column 5.
9581 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9582 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9583 statements (default nil).
9584 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9585 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9586 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9587 `fortran-continuation-string'
9588 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9589 line (default \"$\").
9590 `fortran-comment-region'
9591 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9592 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9593 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9594 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9595 as typed (default t).
9596 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9597 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9598
9599 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9600 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9601
9602 \(fn)" t nil)
9603
9604 ;;;***
9605
9606 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9607 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16213 43281))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9609
9610 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9611 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9612
9613 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9614 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9615
9616 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9619 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9620
9621 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9622 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9623
9624 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9625
9626 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9627 Compile fortune file.
9628
9629 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9630 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9631
9632 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9633
9634 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9635 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9636
9637 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9638 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9639 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9640 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9641
9642 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9645 Display a fortune cookie.
9646
9647 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9648 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9649 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9650 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9651
9652 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9653
9654 ;;;***
9655
9656 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9657 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16213 43268))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9659
9660 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9661 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9662 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9663 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9664 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9665 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9666 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9667 fringe).
9668 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9669 it take real effect.
9670 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9671 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9672 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9673
9674 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9675
9676 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9677 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9678 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9679 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9680 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9681 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9682 specified, the user is queried.
9683 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9684 future.
9685 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9686 see `set-fringe-style'.
9687
9688 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9689
9690 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9691 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9692 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9693 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9694 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9695 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9696 specified, the user is queried.
9697 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9698
9699 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9700
9701 ;;;***
9702
9703 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16250 35348))
9704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9705
9706 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9707 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9708 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9709 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9710
9711 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9712 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9713 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9714
9715 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9716 GDB Toolbar
9717 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9718 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9719 |
9720 |
9721 |
9722 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9723 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9724 | (comint-mode)
9725 |
9726 |
9727 |
9728 |
9729 |
9730 |
9731 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9732 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9733 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9734 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9735 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9736 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9737
9738 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9739 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9740 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9741 in the GUD buffer.
9742
9743 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9744 screen.
9745
9746 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9747 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9748 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9749
9750 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9751
9752 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9753 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9754
9755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9756
9757 ;;;***
9758
9759 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9760 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
9761 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9762
9763 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9764 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9765
9766 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9767 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9768
9769 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9770 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9771 function.
9772
9773 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9774 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9775 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9776 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9777 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9778 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9779
9780 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9781 Each keyword should be a string.
9782
9783 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9784 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9785
9786 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9787 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9788 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9789
9790 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9791
9792 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9793
9794 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9797 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9798 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9799 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9800
9801 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9802 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9803
9804 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9805
9806 ;;;***
9807
9808 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9811
9812 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9813 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9814 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9815 at places they belong to.
9816
9817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9818
9819 ;;;***
9820
9821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9822 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16213 43274))
9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9824
9825 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9826 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9827
9828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9829
9830 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9831 Read network news.
9832 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9833 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9834 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9835 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9836 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9837
9838 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9841 Read news as a slave.
9842
9843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9844
9845 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9846 Pop up a frame to read news.
9847
9848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9849
9850 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9851 Read network news.
9852 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9853 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9854 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9855
9856 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9857
9858 ;;;***
9859
9860 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9861 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9862 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9864
9865 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9866 Start Gnus unplugged.
9867
9868 \(fn)" t nil)
9869
9870 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9871 Start Gnus plugged.
9872
9873 \(fn)" t nil)
9874
9875 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9876 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9877 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9878 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9879
9880 \(gnus-agentize)
9881
9882 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9883 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9884 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9885
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9887
9888 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9889 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9890
9891 \(fn)" t nil)
9892
9893 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9894 Not documented
9895
9896 \(fn)" t nil)
9897
9898 ;;;***
9899
9900 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9901 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9903
9904 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9905 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9906
9907 \(fn)" nil nil)
9908
9909 ;;;***
9910
9911 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9912 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9914
9915 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9916 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9917
9918 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9919
9920 ;;;***
9921
9922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9923 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16213
9924 ;;;;;; 43273))
9925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9926
9927 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9928 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9929
9930 Usage:
9931 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9932
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9934
9935 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9936 Generate the cache active file.
9937
9938 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9939
9940 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9941 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9942
9943 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9944
9945 ;;;***
9946
9947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9948 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16213 43273))
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9950
9951 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9952 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9953 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9954
9955 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9958 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9959
9960 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9961
9962 ;;;***
9963
9964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9965 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9967
9968 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9969
9970 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9971 Run batched scoring.
9972 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9973
9974 \(fn)" t nil)
9975
9976 ;;;***
9977
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9979 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16213 43273))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9981
9982 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9983 Not documented
9984
9985 \(fn)" nil nil)
9986
9987 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9988 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9989
9990 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9991
9992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9993
9994 ;;;***
9995
9996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9997 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9998 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10000
10001 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10002 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10003 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10004 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10005 group parameters.
10006
10007 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10008 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10009 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10010 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10011
10012 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10013 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10014 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10015 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10016 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10017 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10018 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10019 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10020 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10021 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10022
10023 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10024
10025 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10026 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10027 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10028
10029 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10030 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10031
10032 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10035 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10036 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10037
10038 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10039
10040 \(fn)" nil nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10043 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10044 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10045
10046 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10047
10048 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10049 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10050 existing groups are considered.
10051
10052 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10053 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10054 returned.
10055
10056 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10057 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10058 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10059 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10060 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10061 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10062 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10063 clauses will be generated.
10064
10065 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10066 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10067 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10068 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10069 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10070 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10071
10072 For example, given the following group parameters:
10073
10074 nnml:mail.bar:
10075 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10076 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10077 nnml:mail.foo:
10078 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10079 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10080 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10081 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10082 nnml:mail.others:
10083 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10084
10085 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10086
10087 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10088 \"mail.bar\")
10089 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10090 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10091 \"mail.others\")
10092
10093 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10094
10095 ;;;***
10096
10097 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10098 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10100
10101 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10102 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10103 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10104
10105 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10106
10107 ;;;***
10108
10109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16213
10110 ;;;;;; 43273))
10111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10112
10113 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10114 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10115 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10116 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10117
10118 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10119
10120 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10125 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10127
10128 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10129 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10130 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10131 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10132 part is ignored.
10133
10134 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10135 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10136 rather than using this function.
10137
10138 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10139
10140 ;;;***
10141
10142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10143 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10145
10146 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10147 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10148 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10149 for matching on group names.
10150
10151 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10152 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10153
10154 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10155
10156 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10157
10158 \(fn)" t nil)
10159
10160 ;;;***
10161
10162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10163 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10165
10166 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10167 Update the format specification near point.
10168
10169 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10170
10171 ;;;***
10172
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10174 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16213 43274))
10175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10176
10177 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10178 Unload all Gnus features.
10179 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10180 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10181 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10182
10183 \(fn)" t nil)
10184
10185 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10186 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10187
10188 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10189
10190 ;;;***
10191
10192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10193 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
10194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10195
10196 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10197 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10198
10199 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10200
10201 ;;;***
10202
10203 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16213 43281))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10205
10206 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10207 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10208
10209 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10210 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10211 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10212
10213 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10214 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10215 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10216
10217 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10218 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10219
10220 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10221 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10222
10223 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10224
10225 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10226
10227 ;;;***
10228
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10230 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16213 43280))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10232
10233 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10234 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10235 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10236 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10237 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10238
10239 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10240
10241 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10242 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10243 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10244 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10245 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10246
10247 \(fn)" t nil)
10248
10249 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10250 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10251 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10252 or to send e-mail.
10253 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10254
10255 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10256 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10257
10258 \(fn)" t nil)
10259
10260 ;;;***
10261
10262 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16213 43268))
10263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10264
10265 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10266 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10267 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10268 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10269 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10270
10271 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10272
10273 ;;;***
10274
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10276 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16250 35355))
10277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10278
10279 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10280 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10281 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10282 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10283
10284 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10285
10286 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10287 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10288 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10289 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10290
10291 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10292
10293 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10294 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10295 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10296 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10297
10298 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10299
10300 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10301 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10302 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10303 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10304
10305 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10306 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10307
10308 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10309
10310 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10311 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10313 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10314
10315 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10316
10317 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10318 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10319 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10320 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10321
10322 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10323
10324 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10325 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10326 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10327 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10328 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10329
10330 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10331 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10332 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10333 original source file access method.
10334
10335 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10336 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10337
10338 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10341 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10342 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10343 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10344
10345 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10346 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10347
10348 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10349
10350 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10351 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10352
10353 \(fn)" t nil)
10354
10355 ;;;***
10356
10357 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16213
10358 ;;;;;; 43281))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10360
10361 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10362 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10363 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10364 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10365
10366 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10367 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10368 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10369 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10370
10371 \(fn)" t nil)
10372
10373 ;;;***
10374
10375 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10376 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10378
10379 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10380 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10381
10382 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10383
10384 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10385 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10386 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10387 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10388
10389 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10390
10391 \(fn)" t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10394 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10395 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10396 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10397 to be updated.
10398
10399 \(fn)" t nil)
10400
10401 ;;;***
10402
10403 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10404 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10405 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16213 43268))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10407
10408 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10409 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10410 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10411 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10412 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10413 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10414
10415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10418 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10419 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10420 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10421 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10422 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10423
10424 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10425 is used instead of `load-path'.
10426
10427 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10428 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10429 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10430
10431 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10434 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10435
10436 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10437
10438 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10439 Not documented
10440
10441 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10442
10443 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10444 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10445 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10446
10447 \(fn)" nil nil)
10448
10449 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10450 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10451 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10452 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10453 it is displayed along with the global value.
10454
10455 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10456
10457 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10458 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10459 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10460 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10461
10462 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10465 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10466 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10467
10468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10469
10470 ;;;***
10471
10472 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10473 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10475
10476 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10477 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10478 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10479 and window listing and describing the options.
10480 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10481 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10482
10483 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10484
10485 ;;;***
10486
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10488 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10489 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16213 43268))
10490 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10491
10492 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10493 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10494 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10495 Commands:
10496 \\{help-mode-map}
10497
10498 \(fn)" t nil)
10499
10500 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10501 Not documented
10502
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10504
10505 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10506 Not documented
10507
10508 \(fn)" nil nil)
10509
10510 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10511 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10512
10513 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10514 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10515 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10516 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10517
10518 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10519 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10520 restore it properly when going back.
10521
10522 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10523
10524 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10525 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10526
10527 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10528 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10529 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10530 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10531 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10532
10533 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10534 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10535 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10536 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10537
10538 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10539 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10540 that.
10541
10542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10545 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10546 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10547 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10548 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10549 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10550
10551 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10552
10553 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10554 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10555 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10556 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10557 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10558
10559 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10560
10561 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10562 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10563
10564 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10565
10566 ;;;***
10567
10568 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10569 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16213 43273))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10571
10572 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10573 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10574
10575 \(fn)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10578 Provide help for current mode.
10579
10580 \(fn)" t nil)
10581
10582 ;;;***
10583
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10585 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16213 43268))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10587
10588 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10589 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10590 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10591 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10592 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10593
10594 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10595 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10596
10597 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10598 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10599 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10600 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10601
10602 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10603 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10604 periods.
10605
10606 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10607 in hexl format.
10608
10609 A sample format:
10610
10611 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10612 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10613 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10614 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10615 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10616 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10617 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10618 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10619 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10620 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10621 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10622 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10623 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10624 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10625 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10626
10627 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10628 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10629 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10630
10631 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10632 also supported.
10633
10634 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10635
10636 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10637 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10638 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10639
10640 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10641 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10642 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10643
10644 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10645 into the buffer at the current point.
10646
10647 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10648 into the buffer at the current point.
10649
10650 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10651 into the buffer at the current point.
10652
10653 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10654
10655 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10656 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10657
10658 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10659
10660 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10661
10662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10663
10664 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10665 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10666 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10667
10668 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10669
10670 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10671 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10672 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10673
10674 \(fn)" t nil)
10675
10676 ;;;***
10677
10678 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10679 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10680 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16219
10681 ;;;;;; 35448))
10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10683
10684 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10685 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10686
10687 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10688
10689 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10690 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10691
10692 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10693 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10694 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10695 which can be called interactively, are:
10696
10697 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10698 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10699
10700 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10701 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10702 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10703 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10704
10705 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10706 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10707
10708 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10709 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10710
10711 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10712 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10713 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10714 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10715 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10716 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10717
10718 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10719 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10720
10721 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10722 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10723 Hi-lock: FOO
10724 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10725 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10726 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10727 will be read until
10728 Hi-lock: end
10729 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10730
10731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10732
10733 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10734
10735 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10736 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10737
10738 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10739 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10740 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10741 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10742
10743 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10744
10745 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10746
10747 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10748 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10749
10750 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10751 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10752 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10753 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10754
10755 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10756
10757 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10758
10759 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10760 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10761
10762 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10763 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10764
10765 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10766
10767 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10768
10769 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10770 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10771
10772 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10773 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10774 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10775 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10776 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10777
10778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10779
10780 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10781 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10782
10783 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10784 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10785 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10786
10787 \(fn)" t nil)
10788
10789 ;;;***
10790
10791 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10792 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16213 43281))
10793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10794
10795 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10796 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10797 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10798 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10799 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10800 how the hiding is done:
10801
10802 `hide-ifdef-env'
10803 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10804 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10805 is used.
10806
10807 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10808 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10809 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10810 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10811 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10812
10813 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10814 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10815 #endif lines when hiding.
10816
10817 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10818 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10819 is activated.
10820
10821 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10822 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10823 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10824
10825 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10826
10827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10828
10829 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10830 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10831
10832 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10833
10834 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10835 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10836
10837 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10838
10839 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10840 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10841
10842 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10843
10844 ;;;***
10845
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10847 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16249 12136))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10849
10850 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10851 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10852
10853 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10854
10855 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10856 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10857 Each element has the form
10858 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10859
10860 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10861 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10862
10863 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10864 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10865
10866 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10867 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10868 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10869 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10870 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10871 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10872
10873 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10874 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10875
10876 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10877 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10878
10879 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10880 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10881 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10882
10883 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10884 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10885 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10886 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10887 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10888 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10889
10890 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10891 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10892 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10893
10894 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10895 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10896
10897 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10898
10899 Key bindings:
10900 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10901
10902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10903
10904 ;;;***
10905
10906 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10907 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10908 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10909 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16213 43268))
10910 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10911
10912 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10913
10914 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10915 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10916 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10917
10918 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10921 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10922
10923 Without an argument:
10924 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10925 or passive state as determined by the variable
10926 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10927 and passive state.
10928
10929 With an argument ARG:
10930 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10931 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10932 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10933
10934 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10935 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10936 not displayed in a different face.
10937
10938 Functions:
10939 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10940 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10941 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10942 buffer with the contents of a file
10943 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10944 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10945 various faces.
10946
10947 Hook variables:
10948 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10949 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10950 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10951
10952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10953
10954 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10955 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10956
10957 \(fn)" t nil)
10958
10959 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10960 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10961
10962 \(fn)" t nil)
10963
10964 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10965 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10966
10967 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10968 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10969 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10970 shown in the last face in the list.
10971
10972 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10973 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10974 buffer to be saved):
10975
10976 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10977
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10981 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10982
10983 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10984 and must not be read-only.
10985
10986 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10987 this function is called interactively.
10988
10989 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10990 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10991 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10992
10993 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10994 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10995 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10996
10997 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11000 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11001
11002 When called interactively:
11003 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11004 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11005 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11006 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11007
11008 When called from a program:
11009 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11010 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11011 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11012 - otherwise just turn it on
11013
11014 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11015 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11016 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11017 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11018
11019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11020
11021 ;;;***
11022
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11024 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11025 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11026 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11027 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16213 43268))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11029
11030 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11031 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11032 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11033 or insert functions in this list.")
11034
11035 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11036
11037 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11038 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11039
11040 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11041
11042 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11043 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11044
11045 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11046
11047 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11048 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11049
11050 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11051
11052 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11053 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11054
11055 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11056
11057 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11058 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11059 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11060
11061 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11062
11063 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11064 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11065 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11066 \(as atoms)")
11067
11068 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11069
11070 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11071 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11072 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11073 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11074 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11075
11076 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11077
11078 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11079 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11080 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11081 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11082 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11083 expansions.
11084 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11085 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11086 undoes the expansion.
11087
11088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11089
11090 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11091 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11092 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11093 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11094
11095 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11096
11097 ;;;***
11098
11099 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11100 ;;;;;; (16227 13384))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11102
11103 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11104 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11105 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11106
11107 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11108 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11109 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11110 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11111 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11112
11113 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11114 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11115 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11116 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11117
11118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11119
11120 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11121 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11122 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11124 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11125
11126 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11127
11128 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11129 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11130 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11131
11132 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11133 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11134
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11136
11137 ;;;***
11138
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11140 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11142
11143 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11144 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11145 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11146
11147 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11148
11149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11152 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11153
11154 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11155 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11156
11157 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11158
11159 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11160
11161 ;;;***
11162
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11164 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16213 43281))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11166
11167 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11168 This function is obsolete.
11169 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11170 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11171
11172 \(fn)" nil nil)
11173
11174 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11175 This function is obsolete.
11176 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11177 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11178
11179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11180
11181 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11182 This function is obsolete.
11183 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11184 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11185
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11187
11188 ;;;***
11189
11190 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11204 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11205 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11206 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11207 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11208 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11209 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11210 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11211 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16213 43269))
11212 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11213
11214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11215 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11216 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11217
11218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11219
11220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11221 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11222
11223 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11224
11225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11226 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11227
11228 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11229
11230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11231 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11232
11233 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11234
11235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11236 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11237
11238 \(fn)" t nil)
11239
11240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11241 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11242
11243 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11244
11245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11246 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11247
11248 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11252 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11253 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11254 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11255 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11256 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11257 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11258 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11259 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11260
11261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11262 Not documented
11263
11264 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11265
11266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11267 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11268
11269 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11270
11271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11272 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11273
11274 \(fn)" t nil)
11275
11276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11277 Remove the first filter group.
11278
11279 \(fn)" t nil)
11280
11281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11282 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11283
11284 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11285
11286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11287 Remove all filter groups.
11288
11289 \(fn)" t nil)
11290
11291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11292 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11293
11294 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11295
11296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11297 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11298 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11299
11300 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11301
11302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11303 Kill the filter group at point.
11304 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11305
11306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11307
11308 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11309 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11310
11311 \(fn)" t nil)
11312
11313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11314 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11315
11316 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11317
11318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11319 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11320 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11321 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11322
11323 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11324
11325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11326 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11327 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11328
11329 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11330
11331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11332 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11333 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11334 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11335 of replacing the current filters.
11336
11337 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11338
11339 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11340 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11341
11342 \(fn)" t nil)
11343
11344 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11345 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11346
11347 \(fn)" t nil)
11348
11349 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11350 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11351
11352 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11353 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11354 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11355
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11357
11358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11359 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11360
11361 \(fn)" t nil)
11362
11363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11364 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11365
11366 \(fn)" t nil)
11367
11368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11369 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11370 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11371 filter into parts.
11372
11373 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11376 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11377 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11378
11379 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11380
11381 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11382 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11383
11384 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11385
11386 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11387 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11388
11389 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11392 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11393 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11394 of replacing the current filters.
11395
11396 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11398 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11399 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11400 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11401 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11402 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11403 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11404 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11405
11406 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11407 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11408 Default sorting modes are:
11409 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11410 Name - the name of the buffer
11411 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11412 Size - the size of the buffer
11413
11414 \(fn)" t nil)
11415
11416 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11417 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11418
11419 \(fn)" t nil)
11420 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11421 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11422 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11423 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11424
11425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11426 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11427
11428 \(fn)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11431 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11432 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11433 for this Ibuffer session.
11434
11435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11436
11437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11438 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11439 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11440 for this Ibuffer session.
11441
11442 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11445 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11446
11447 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11448 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11449
11450 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11451 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11452
11453 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11454
11455 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11456 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11457
11458 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11459 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11460
11461 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11462
11463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11464 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11465
11466 \(fn)" t nil)
11467
11468 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11469 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11470
11471 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11472
11473 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11474 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11475 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11476
11477 \(fn)" t nil)
11478
11479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11480 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11481
11482 The names are separated by a space.
11483 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11484
11485 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11486 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11487 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11488 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11489
11490 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11491
11492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11493
11494 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11495 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11496
11497 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11498
11499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11500 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11501
11502 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11503
11504 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11505 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11506
11507 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11508
11509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11510 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11511
11512 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11513
11514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11515 Mark all modified buffers.
11516
11517 \(fn)" t nil)
11518
11519 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11520 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11521
11522 \(fn)" t nil)
11523
11524 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11525 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11526
11527 \(fn)" t nil)
11528
11529 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11530 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11531
11532 \(fn)" t nil)
11533
11534 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11535 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11536
11537 \(fn)" t nil)
11538
11539 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11540 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11541
11542 \(fn)" t nil)
11543
11544 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11545 Mark all read-only buffers.
11546
11547 \(fn)" t nil)
11548
11549 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11550 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11551
11552 \(fn)" t nil)
11553
11554 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11555 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11556 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11557 defaults to one.
11558
11559 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11560
11561 ;;;***
11562
11563 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11564 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16213
11565 ;;;;;; 43269))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11567
11568 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11569 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11570
11571 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11572 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11573 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11574
11575 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11576 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11577 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11578 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11579 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11580 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11581
11582 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11583 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11584 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11585 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11586 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11587
11588 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11589
11590 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11591 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11592 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11593 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11594 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11595
11596 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11597 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11598 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11599
11600 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11601
11602 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11603 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11604 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11605 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11606 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11607 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11608
11609 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11610 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11611 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11612 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11613 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11614 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11615 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11616 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11617 values are:
11618 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11619 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11620 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11621 buffer's modification flag.
11622 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11623 prompted before performing this operation.
11624 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11625 operation is complete, in the form:
11626 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11627 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11628 confirmation message, in the form:
11629 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11630 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11631 macro for exactly what it does.
11632
11633 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11634
11635 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11636 Define a filter named NAME.
11637 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11638 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11639 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11640
11641 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11642 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11643 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11644 bound to the current value of the filter.
11645
11646 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11647
11648 ;;;***
11649
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11651 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16213 43269))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11653
11654 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11655 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11656 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11657 buffers which are visiting a file.
11658
11659 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11660
11661 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11662 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11663 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11664 buffers which are visiting a file.
11665
11666 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11667
11668 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11669 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11670 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11671
11672 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11673 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11674 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11675 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11676 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11677 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11678 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11679 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11680 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11681 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11682 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11683 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11684 locally in this buffer.
11685
11686 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11691 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16213 43269))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11693
11694 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11695 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11696 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11697
11698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11699
11700 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11701 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11702 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11703
11704 \(fn)" nil nil)
11705
11706 ;;;***
11707
11708 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16213 43281))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11710
11711 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11712 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11713 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11714 Tab indents for Icon code.
11715 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11717 \\{icon-mode-map}
11718 Variables controlling indentation style:
11719 icon-tab-always-indent
11720 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11721 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11722 icon-auto-newline
11723 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11724 inserted in Icon code.
11725 icon-indent-level
11726 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11727 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11728 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11729 icon-continued-statement-offset
11730 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11731 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11732 icon-continued-brace-offset
11733 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11734 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11735 icon-brace-offset
11736 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11737 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11738 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11739 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11740
11741 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11742 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11743
11744 \(fn)" t nil)
11745
11746 ;;;***
11747
11748 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11749 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11751
11752 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11753 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11754 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11755 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11756
11757 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11758 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11759 separate frames.
11760
11761 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11762 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11763
11764 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11765 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11766 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11767
11768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11769
11770 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11771
11772 ;;;***
11773
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11775 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
11776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11777
11778 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11779 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11780
11781 The main features of this mode are
11782
11783 1. Indentation and Formatting
11784 --------------------------
11785 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11786 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11787
11788 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11789 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11790 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11791 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11792
11793 Comments are indented as follows:
11794
11795 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11796 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11797 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11798
11799 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11800
11801 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11802 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11803 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11804 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11805 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11806 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11807 recommended).
11808
11809 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11810 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11811 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11812 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11813
11814 2. Routine Info
11815 ------------
11816 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11817 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11818 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11819 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11820 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11821 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11822 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11823 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11824
11825 3. Online IDL Help
11826 ---------------
11827 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11828 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11829 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11830 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11831 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11832
11833 4. Completion
11834 ----------
11835 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11836 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11837 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11838 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11839 mixed or upper case.
11840
11841 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11842 --------------------------------
11843 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11844 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11845
11846 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11847 \\fu FUNCTION template
11848 \\c CASE statement template
11849 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11850 \\f FOR loop template
11851 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11852 \\w WHILE loop template
11853 \\i IF statement template
11854 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11855 \\b BEGIN
11856
11857 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11858 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11859
11860 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11861 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11862 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11863
11864 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11865 -------------------------
11866 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11867 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11868
11869 7. Automatic END completion
11870 ------------------------
11871 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11872 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11873
11874 8. Hooks
11875 -----
11876 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11877 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11878
11879 9. Documentation and Customization
11880 -------------------------------
11881 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11882 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11883 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11884 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11885 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11886
11887 10.Keybindings
11888 -----------
11889 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11890 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11891 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11892
11893 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11894
11895 \(fn)" t nil)
11896
11897 ;;;***
11898
11899 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11900 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11901 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11902 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11903 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11904 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11905 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11906 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16213 43269))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11908
11909 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11910 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11911 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11912 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11913 displaying...)
11914 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11915 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11916 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11917
11918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11919 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11920
11921 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11922
11923 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11924 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11925 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11926 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11927 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11928 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11929 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11930 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11931 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11932
11933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11934
11935 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11936 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11937 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11938 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11939 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11940 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11941 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11942
11943 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11944
11945 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11946 Switch to another buffer.
11947 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11948 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11949 in another frame.
11950
11951 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11952 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11953 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11954 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11955 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11956
11957 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11958 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11959
11960 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11961 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11962
11963 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11964 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11965 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11966 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11967 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11968 in a separate window.
11969 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11970 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11971 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11972 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11973 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11974 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11975 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11976 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11977 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11982 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11983 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11985
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11987
11988 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11989 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11990 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11991 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11992
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11994
11995 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11996 Kill a buffer.
11997 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11998 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11999
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12003 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12004 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12005 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12006
12007 \(fn)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12010 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12011 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12012 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12013
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12017 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12018
12019 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12020
12021 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12022 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12023 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12024 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12025 visible in another frame.
12026
12027 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12028 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12029 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12030 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12031 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12032 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12033
12034 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12035 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12036
12037 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12038 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12039
12040 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12041 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12042 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12043 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12044 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12045 in a separate window.
12046 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12047 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12048 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12049 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12050 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12051 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12052 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12053 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12054 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12055 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12056 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12057 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12058 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12059 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12060 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12061
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12063
12064 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12065 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12066 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12067 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12068
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12072 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12073 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12074 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12075
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12077
12078 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12079 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12080 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12081 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12082
12083 \(fn)" t nil)
12084
12085 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12086 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12087 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12088 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12089
12090 \(fn)" t nil)
12091
12092 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12093 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12094 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12095 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12096
12097 \(fn)" t nil)
12098
12099 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12100 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12101 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12102 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12103
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12105
12106 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12107 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12108 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12109 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12110
12111 \(fn)" t nil)
12112
12113 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12114 Write current buffer to a file.
12115 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12116 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12117
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12119
12120 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12121 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12122 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12123 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12124
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12128 Call dired the ido way.
12129 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12130 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12131
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12133
12134 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12135 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12136 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12137
12138 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12139
12140 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12141 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12142 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12143
12144 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12145
12146 ;;;***
12147
12148 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16219 32429))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12150 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12151
12152 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12153 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12154 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12155
12156 \(fn)" t nil)
12157
12158 ;;;***
12159
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12161 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12162 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16213 43269))
12163 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12164
12165 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12166 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12167 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12168 be determined.
12169
12170 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12171
12172 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12173 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12174 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12175 be determined.
12176
12177 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12178
12179 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12180 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12181 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12182
12183 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12184
12185 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12186 Create an image.
12187 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12188 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12189 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12190 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12191 use its file extension as image type.
12192 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12193 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12194 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12195 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12196
12197 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12198
12199 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12200 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12201 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12202 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12203 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12204 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12205 POS may be an integer or marker.
12206 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12207 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12208 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12209 means display it in the right marginal area.
12210
12211 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12212
12213 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12214 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12215 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12216 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12217 defaulted if you omit it.
12218 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12219 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12220 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12221 means display it in the right marginal area.
12222
12223 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12224
12225 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12226 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12227 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12228 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12229
12230 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12231
12232 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12233 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12234
12235 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12236
12237 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12238 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12239 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12240 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12241 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12242 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12243 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12244 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12245 satisfied.
12246
12247 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12248
12249 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12250
12251 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12252 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12253
12254 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12255 documentation string.
12256
12257 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12258 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12259 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12260 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12261 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12262 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12263 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12264 define SYMBOL.
12265
12266 Example:
12267
12268 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12269 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12270
12271 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12272
12273 ;;;***
12274
12275 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12276 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12277 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16213 43269))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12279
12280 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12281 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12282 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12283 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12284
12285 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12286 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12287 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12288 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12289
12290 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12291
12292 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12293 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12294 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12295 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12296
12297 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12298 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12299 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12300 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12301
12302 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12303
12304 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12305 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12306
12307 \(fn)" nil nil)
12308
12309 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12310 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12311 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12312 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12313
12314 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12315
12316 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12317 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12318 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12320 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12321
12322 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12323
12324 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12325 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12326 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12327 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12328
12329 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12330 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12331 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12332
12333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12334
12335 ;;;***
12336
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12338 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16213 43269))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12340
12341 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12342 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12343
12344 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12345
12346 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12347 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12348 in the buffer.
12349
12350 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12351
12352 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12353 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12354 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12355
12356 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12357
12358 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12359 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12360
12361 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12362 to create a buffer index.
12363
12364 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12365 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12366 or like this:
12367 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12368 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12369 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12370 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12371 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12372
12373 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12374 entries are not nested.
12375
12376 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12377 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12378 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12379 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12380
12381 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12382 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12383
12384 The variable is buffer-local.
12385
12386 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12387 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12388 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12389
12390 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12391 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12392 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12393 during matching.")
12394
12395 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12396
12397 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12398 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12399
12400 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12401 of the current buffer as an alist.
12402
12403 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12404 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12405 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12406 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12407 if it is a sub-alist.
12408
12409 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12410
12411 The variable is buffer-local.")
12412
12413 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12414
12415 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12416 Function for finding the next index position.
12417
12418 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12419 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12420 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12421 file.
12422
12423 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12424 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12425
12426 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12427
12428 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12429
12430 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12431 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12432
12433 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12434 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12435 It should return the name for that index item.
12436
12437 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12438
12439 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12440
12441 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12442 Function to compare string with index item.
12443
12444 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12445 non-nil if they match.
12446
12447 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12448 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12449 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12450 arguments match\".
12451
12452 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12453
12454 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12455
12456 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12457 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12458 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12459
12460 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12461
12462 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12463
12464 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12465
12466 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12467 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12468 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12469 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12470
12471 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12474 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12475
12476 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12477
12478 \(fn)" t nil)
12479
12480 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12481 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12482 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12483 for more information.
12484
12485 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12486
12487 ;;;***
12488
12489 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12490 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12491 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16213 43280))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12493
12494 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12495 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12496
12497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12498
12499 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12500 Not documented
12501
12502 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12503
12504 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12505 Not documented
12506
12507 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12508
12509 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12510 Not documented
12511
12512 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12513
12514 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12515 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12516 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12517 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12518 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12519
12520 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12521
12522 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12523 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12524 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12525 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12526 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12527
12528 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12529
12530 ;;;***
12531
12532 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12533 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12535
12536 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12537 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12538 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12539 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12540 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12541
12542 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12543 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12544
12545 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12546 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12547 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12548 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12549 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12550 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12551 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12552 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12553
12554 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12555 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12556 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12557 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12558 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12559
12560 This variable is only used if the variable
12561 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12562
12563 More precise choices:
12564 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12565 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12566 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12567
12568 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12569
12570 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12571 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12572
12573 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12574 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12575 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12576 to that buffer.
12577 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12578 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12579 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12580 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12581
12582 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12583 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12584
12585 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12586
12587 ;;;***
12588
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12590 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12591 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12592 ;;;;;; (16250 35349))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12594
12595 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12596 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12597
12598 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12599 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12600
12601 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12602 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12603 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12604 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12605 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12606 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12607
12608 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12609 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12610
12611 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12612 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12613 in all the directories in that path.
12614
12615 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12616
12617 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12618 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12619
12620 \(fn)" t nil)
12621
12622 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12623 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12624 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12625 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12626
12627 \(fn)" nil nil)
12628
12629 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12630 Go to the Info directory node.
12631
12632 \(fn)" t nil)
12633
12634 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12635 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12636 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12637 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12638 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12639 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12640 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12641 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12642 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12643
12644 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12645
12646 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12647 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12648 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12649 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12650 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12651 or string.
12652
12653 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12654
12655 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12656 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12657 KEY is a string.
12658 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12659 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12660 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12661 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12662
12663 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12664
12665 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12666 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12667 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12668
12669 \(fn)" t nil)
12670
12671 ;;;***
12672
12673 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12674 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12675 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12677
12678 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12679 Throw away all cached data.
12680 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12681 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12682 system.
12683
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12685
12686 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12687 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12688 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12689 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12690 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12691 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12692
12693 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12694
12695 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12696
12697 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12698 Display the documentation of a file.
12699 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12700 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12701 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12702 The default file name is the one found at point.
12703
12704 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12705
12706 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12707
12708 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12709 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12710
12711 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12712
12713 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12714 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12715
12716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12717
12718 ;;;***
12719
12720 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12721 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (16213 43269))
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12723
12724 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12725 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12726
12727 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12728
12729 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12730 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12731 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12732
12733 \(fn)" t nil)
12734
12735 ;;;***
12736
12737 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12738 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16213 43269))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12740
12741 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12742 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12743
12744 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12745
12746 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12747 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12748 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12749
12750 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12751 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12752 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12753
12754 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12755 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12756 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12757 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12758
12759 \(fn)" t nil)
12760
12761 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12762 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12763 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12764
12765 \(fn)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12768 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12769 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12770 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12771 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12772
12773 \(fn)" nil nil)
12774
12775 ;;;***
12776
12777 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12778 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12779 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12781
12782 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12783 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12784
12785 \(fn)" t nil)
12786
12787 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12788 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12789
12790 \(fn)" t nil)
12791
12792 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12793 Not documented
12794
12795 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12796
12797 ;;;***
12798
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12800 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12802
12803 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12804 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12805 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12806 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12807 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12808 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12809
12810 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12811 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12812
12813 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12814 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12815 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12816 \"s gives German sharp s.
12817 /a gives a with ring.
12818 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12819 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12820 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12821 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12822
12823 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12824 and a negative argument disables it.
12825
12826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12827
12828 ;;;***
12829
12830 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12831 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12832 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12833 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16213 43274))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12835
12836 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12837 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12840
12841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12842
12843 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12844 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12847
12848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12849
12850 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12851 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12854
12855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12858 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12861
12862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12863
12864 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12865 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12866 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12868
12869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12872 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12873 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12875
12876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12877
12878 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12879 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12880 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12881 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12882
12883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12884
12885 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12886 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12887 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12889
12890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12891
12892 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12893 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12894 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12895 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12896
12897 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12898
12899 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12900 Warn that format is read-only.
12901
12902 \(fn)" t nil)
12903
12904 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12905 Warn that format is write-only.
12906
12907 \(fn)" t nil)
12908
12909 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12910 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12911
12912 \(fn)" t nil)
12913
12914 ;;;***
12915
12916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12917 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
12918 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12919 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12920 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12921 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12922
12923 ;;;***
12924
12925 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12926 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12927 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12928 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12929 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12930 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16213 43283))
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12932
12933 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12934 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12935 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12936 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12937
12938 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12939
12940 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12941 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12942
12943 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12944
12945 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12946 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12947 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12948 and then re-start emacs.")
12949
12950 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12951
12952 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12953
12954 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12955
12956 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12957
12958 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12959
12960 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12961
12962 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12963
12964 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12965 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12966
12967 Each element of this list is also a list:
12968
12969 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12970 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12971
12972 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12973 nil means the default dictionary.
12974
12975 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12976 word.
12977
12978 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12979
12980 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12981 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12982 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12983 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12984 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12985 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12986 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12987 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12988 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12989
12990 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12991 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12992 single word.
12993
12994 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12995 subprocess.
12996
12997 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12998 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12999 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13000 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13001 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13002 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13003 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13004 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13005
13006 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13007
13008 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13009 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13010 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13011
13012 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13013
13014 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13015 Key map for ispell menu.")
13016
13017 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13018 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13019 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13020 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13021
13022 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13023
13024 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13025
13026 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13027
13028 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13029
13030 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13031
13032 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13033 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13034 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13035 Valid forms include:
13036 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13037 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13038 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13039 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13040
13041 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13042 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13043 First list is used raw.
13044 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13045
13046 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13047 for skipping in latex mode.")
13048
13049 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13050 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13051 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13052 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13053 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13054 >]\").")
13055 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13056
13057 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13058 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13059 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13060 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13061
13062 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13063 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13064 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13065 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13066 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13067
13068 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13069 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13070
13071 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13072
13073 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13074 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13075
13076 return values:
13077 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13078 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13079 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13080 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13081 quit spell session exited.
13082
13083 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13084
13085 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13086 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13087 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13088
13089 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13090
13091 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13092 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13093
13094 Selections are:
13095
13096 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13097 SPC: Accept word this time.
13098 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13099 `a': Accept word for this session.
13100 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13101 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13102 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13103 `?': Show these commands.
13104 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13105 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13106 the aborted check to be completed later.
13107 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13108 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13109 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13110 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13111 `C-l': redraws screen
13112 `C-r': recursive edit
13113 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13114
13115 \(fn)" nil nil)
13116
13117 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13118 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13119 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13120
13121 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13122
13123 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13124 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13125 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13126
13127 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13128
13129 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13130
13131 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13132
13133 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13134 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13135 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13136 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13137
13138 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13139
13140 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13141 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13142
13143 \(fn)" t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13146 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13147
13148 \(fn)" t nil)
13149
13150 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13151 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13152
13153 \(fn)" t nil)
13154
13155 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13156 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13157 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13158 sequence inside of a word.
13159
13160 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13161
13162 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13163
13164 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13165 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13166
13167 \(fn)" t nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13170 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13171 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13172 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13173
13174 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13175 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13176 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13177 available on the net.
13178
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13180
13181 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13182 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13183 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13184
13185 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13186 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13187
13188 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13189 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13190
13191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13192
13193 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13194 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13195 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13196 Don't check included messages.
13197
13198 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13199 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13200 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13201
13202 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13203 in your .emacs file:
13204 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13205 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13206 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13207 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13208
13209 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13210 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13211 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13212
13213 \(fn)" t nil)
13214
13215 ;;;***
13216
13217 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13218 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13219 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16213 43269))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13221
13222 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13223 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13224 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13225 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13226 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13227 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13228
13229 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13230
13231 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13232 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13233 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13234 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13235
13236 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13237
13238 \(fn)" t nil)
13239
13240 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13241 Switch to another buffer.
13242
13243 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13244 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13245 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13246 in another frame.
13247 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13248
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13252 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13253 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13254 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13255
13256 \(fn)" t nil)
13257
13258 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13259 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13260 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13261 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13262
13263 \(fn)" t nil)
13264
13265 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13266 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13267 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13268 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13269
13270 \(fn)" t nil)
13271
13272 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13273 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13274 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13276 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13277
13278 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13279
13280 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13281 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13282 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13283 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13284 `iswitchb' for details.
13285
13286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13287
13288 ;;;***
13289
13290 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13291 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13292 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13293 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16213 43280))
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13295
13296 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13297 Not documented
13298
13299 \(fn)" nil nil)
13300
13301 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13302 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13303 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13304 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13305 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13306 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13307 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13308 necessary to represent OBJ.
13309
13310 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13311
13312 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13313 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13316
13317 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13320 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13323 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13324
13325 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13326
13327 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13328 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13329 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13330 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13331
13332 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13333
13334 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13335 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13336 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13337 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13338
13339 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13340
13341 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13342 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13343
13344 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13345
13346 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13347 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13348 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13349 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13350 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13351
13352 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13353
13354 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13355 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13356 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13357 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13358 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13359
13360 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13361
13362 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13363 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13364 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13365
13366 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13367
13368 ;;;***
13369
13370 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16213
13371 ;;;;;; 43269))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13373
13374 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13375 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13376 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13377 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13378 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13379
13380 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13381
13382 ;;;***
13383
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13385 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16213 43269))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13387
13388 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13389 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13390 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13392 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13393
13394 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13395
13396 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13397 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13398 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13399 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13400
13401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13402
13403 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13404 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13405
13406 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13407
13408 ;;;***
13409
13410 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13411 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13412 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13414
13415 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13416 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13417 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13418 decimal key must be specified.")
13419
13420 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13421
13422 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13423 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13424 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13425 decimal key must be specified.")
13426
13427 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13428
13429 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13430 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13431 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13432 decimal key must be specified.")
13433
13434 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13435
13436 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13437 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13438 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13439 decimal key must be specified.")
13440
13441 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13442
13443 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13444 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13445 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13446 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13447 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13448 keys are bound.
13449
13450 Setup Binding
13451 -------------------------------------------------------------
13452 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13453 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13454 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13455 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13456 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13457 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13458 in the global and local keymaps.
13459
13460 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13461 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13462
13463 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13464
13465 ;;;***
13466
13467 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13468 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13470
13471 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13472 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13473 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13474
13475 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13476 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13477 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13478 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13479 shorter.
13480
13481 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13482 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13483 the context of text formatting.
13484
13485 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13486
13487 ;;;***
13488
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16213
13490 ;;;;;; 43274))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13492
13493 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13494 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13495 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13496 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13497 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13498 positions that contains the current selection.")
13499
13500 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13501 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13502 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13503 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13504 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13505 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13506 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13507
13508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13509
13510 ;;;***
13511
13512 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13513 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13514 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13515 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16213 43269))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13517 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13518 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13519 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13520 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13521 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13522 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13523 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13524
13525 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13526 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13527 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13528 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13529 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13530 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13531 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13532
13533 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13534 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13535 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13536
13537 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13538 defining the macro.
13539
13540 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13541 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13542 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13543
13544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13545
13546 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13547 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13548 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13549 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13550 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13551 under that name.
13552
13553 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13554 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13555 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13556
13557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13558
13559 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13560 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13561 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13562
13563 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13564 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13565 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13566 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13567
13568 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13569 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13570
13571 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13572
13573 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13574 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13575 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13576
13577 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13578 macro.
13579
13580 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13581 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13582
13583 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13584 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13585 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13586
13587 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13588 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13589
13590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13591
13592 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13593 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13595 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13596
13597 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13598
13599 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13600 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13601 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13602 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13603
13604 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13605 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13606
13607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13608
13609 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13610 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13611 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13612
13613 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13614
13615 ;;;***
13616
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13618 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16213 43280))
13619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13620
13621 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13622 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13623 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13624
13625 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13626 Not documented
13627
13628 \(fn)" nil nil)
13629
13630 ;;;***
13631
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13633 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13635
13636 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13637
13638 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13639 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13640
13641 \(fn)" t nil)
13642
13643 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13644
13645 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13646 Start or resume an Lm game.
13647 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13648 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13649
13650 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13651 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13652 none / 1 | yes | no
13653 2 | yes | yes
13654 3 | no | yes
13655 4 | no | no
13656
13657 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13658 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13659 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13660
13661 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13662
13663 ;;;***
13664
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13666 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13667 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16213
13668 ;;;;;; 43280))
13669 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13670
13671 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13672 Not documented
13673
13674 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13675
13676 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13677 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13678 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13679 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13680 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13681 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13682
13683 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13684 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13685
13686 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13687
13688 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13689 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13690
13691 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13692
13693 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13694 Not documented
13695
13696 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13697
13698 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13699 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13700 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13701 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13702 to compose.
13703
13704 The return value is number of composed characters.
13705
13706 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13707
13708 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13709 Not documented
13710
13711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13712
13713 ;;;***
13714
13715 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13716 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16213 43274))
13717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13718
13719 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13720 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13721 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13722 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13723 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13724 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13725 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13726 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13727
13728 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13729 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13730
13731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13732 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13733
13734 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13735
13736 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13737 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13738 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13739 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13740 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13741 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13742 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13743 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13744
13745 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13746
13747 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13748 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13749 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13750 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13751
13752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13753 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13754
13755 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13756
13757 ;;;***
13758
13759 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13760 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16213 43269))
13761 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13762
13763 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13764 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13765 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13766 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13767
13768 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13769
13770 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13771 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13772 JIT Lock's favor.
13773
13774 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13775
13776 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13777 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13778 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13779 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13780 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13781 for large buffers.
13782
13783 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13784 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13785 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13786 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13787 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13788
13789 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13790 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13791 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13792 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13793 slow to keep up with your typing.
13794
13795 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13796 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13797 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13798 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13799 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13800 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13801
13802 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13803 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13804 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13805 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13806
13807 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13808 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13809 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13810 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13811
13812 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13813 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13814 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13815 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13816 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13817
13818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13819
13820 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13821 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13822
13823 \(fn)" nil nil)
13824
13825 ;;;***
13826
13827 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13828 ;;;;;; (16239 25259))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13830
13831 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
13832
13833 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
13834 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
13835
13836 \(fn)" t nil)
13837
13838 ;;;***
13839
13840 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13841 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13843
13844 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13845 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13846
13847 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13848 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13849
13850 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13851 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13852
13853 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13854 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13855 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13856 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13857 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13858 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13859 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13860 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13861 and transmit saved text.
13862 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13863 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13864 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13865
13866 \(fn)" t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13869 Not documented
13870
13871 \(fn)" nil nil)
13872
13873 ;;;***
13874
13875 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16213 43281))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13877
13878 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13879 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13880 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13881 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13882 generations (this defaults to 1).
13883
13884 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13885
13886 ;;;***
13887
13888 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16213
13889 ;;;;;; 43269))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13891
13892 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13893 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13894 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13895 is nil, raise an error.
13896
13897 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13898
13899 ;;;***
13900
13901 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13902 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
13903 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13904
13905 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13906 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13907 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13908
13909 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13910
13911 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13912 Run the locate command with a filter.
13913
13914 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13915 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13916
13917 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13918
13919 ;;;***
13920
13921 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16213 43269))
13922 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13923
13924 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13925 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13926 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13927 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13928 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13929 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13930 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13931 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13932 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13933 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13934 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13935 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13936 uses the current buffer.
13937
13938 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13939
13940 ;;;***
13941
13942 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16213
13943 ;;;;;; 43269))
13944 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13945
13946 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13947 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13948
13949 \(fn)" t nil)
13950
13951 ;;;***
13952
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13954 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16213
13955 ;;;;;; 43269))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13957
13958 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13959
13960 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13961
13962 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13963 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13964 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13965
13966 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13967 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13968
13969 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13970 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13971 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13972 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13973 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13974 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13975 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13976
13977 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13978
13979 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13980 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13981 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13982 switch on this list.
13983 See `lpr-command'.")
13984
13985 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13986
13987 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13988 *Name of program for printing a file.
13989
13990 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13991 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13992 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13993 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13994 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13995 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13996 argument.")
13997
13998 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13999
14000 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14001 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14002 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14003 for customization of the printer command.
14004
14005 \(fn)" t nil)
14006
14007 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14008 Paginate and print buffer contents.
14009
14010 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14011 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14012 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14013 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14014
14015 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14016 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14017
14018 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14019 for further customization of the printer command.
14020
14021 \(fn)" t nil)
14022
14023 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14024 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14025 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14026 for customization of the printer command.
14027
14028 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14029
14030 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14031 Paginate and print the region contents.
14032
14033 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14034 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14035 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14036 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14037
14038 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14039 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14040
14041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14042 for further customization of the printer command.
14043
14044 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14045
14046 ;;;***
14047
14048 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14049 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
14050 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14051
14052 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14053 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14054 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14055
14056 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14057
14058 ;;;***
14059
14060 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16213
14061 ;;;;;; 43272))
14062 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14063
14064 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14065 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14066 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14067
14068 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14069
14070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14071
14072 ;;;***
14073
14074 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16213
14075 ;;;;;; 43282))
14076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14077
14078 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14079 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14080 \\{m4-mode-map}
14081
14082 \(fn)" t nil)
14083
14084 ;;;***
14085
14086 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14087 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16213 43269))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14089
14090 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14091 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14092 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14093 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14094 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14095
14096 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14099 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14100 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14101 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14102
14103 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14104 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14105 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14106 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14107 bindings.
14108
14109 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14110 use this command, and then save the file.
14111
14112 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14113
14114 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14115 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14116 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14117 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14118 each time the macro executes.
14119 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14120 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14121 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14122 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14123 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14124 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14125 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14126
14127 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14130 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14131 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14132
14133 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14134 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14135 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14136 execute.
14137
14138 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14139 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14140
14141 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14142 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14143 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14144 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14145 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14146
14147 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14148 looked like this:
14149
14150 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14151 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14152 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14153
14154 You could enter the names in this format:
14155
14156 foo
14157 bar
14158 baz
14159
14160 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14161
14162 \\C-x (
14163 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14164 \\C-x )
14165
14166 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14167 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14168
14169 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14170 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14171
14172 ;;;***
14173
14174 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14175 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16213 43280))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14177
14178 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14179 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14180 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14181 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14182 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14183
14184 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14185 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14186 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14187 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14188 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14189
14190 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14191 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14192 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14193 consing a string.)
14194
14195 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14196
14197 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14198 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14199
14200 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14201
14202 ;;;***
14203
14204 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14205 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14206 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
14207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14208
14209 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14210 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14211
14212 \(fn)" nil nil)
14213
14214 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14215 Not documented
14216
14217 \(fn)" nil nil)
14218
14219 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14220 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14221
14222 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14223
14224 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14225 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14226 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14227 message.
14228
14229 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14230
14231 \(fn)" nil nil)
14232
14233 ;;;***
14234
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14236 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14237 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16213
14238 ;;;;;; 43280))
14239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14240
14241 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14242 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14243 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14244 often correct parser.")
14245
14246 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14247
14248 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14249 Not documented
14250
14251 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14252
14253 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14254 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14255 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14256 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14257
14258 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14259
14260 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14261 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14262 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14263 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14264
14265 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14266
14267 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14268 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14269 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14270 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14271
14272 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14275 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14276 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14277 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14278 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14279 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14280
14281 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14282
14283 ;;;***
14284
14285 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14286 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16250 35353))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14288
14289 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14290 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14291
14292 \(fn)" nil nil)
14293
14294 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14295 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14296 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14297
14298 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14299
14300 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14301 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14302 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14303
14304 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14305
14306 ;;;***
14307
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14309 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16213
14310 ;;;;;; 43280))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14312
14313 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14314 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14315 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14316 king@grassland.com
14317 If `parens', they look like:
14318 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14319 If `angles', they look like:
14320 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14321
14322 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14323
14324 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14325 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14326 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14327 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14328 their `Resent-' variants.
14329
14330 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14331 removed from alias expansions.
14332
14333 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14334
14335 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14336 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14337 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14338
14339 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14340 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14341 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14342 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14343
14344 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14345
14346 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14347 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14348 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14349 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14350
14351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14352
14353 ;;;***
14354
14355 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14356 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14358
14359 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14360 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14361 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14362
14363 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14364
14365 In the browser, use the following keys:
14366
14367 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14368
14369 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14370
14371 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14372 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14373
14374 `makefile-target-colon':
14375 The string that gets appended to all target names
14376 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14377 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14378
14379 `makefile-macro-assign':
14380 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14381 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14382 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14383 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14384 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14385 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14386
14387 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14388 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14389 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14390
14391 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14392 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14393
14394 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14395 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14396 up or down in the browser.
14397
14398 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14399 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14400
14401 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14402 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14403
14404 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14405 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14406 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14407 has been selected in the browser.
14408
14409 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14410 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14411 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14412 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14413 filenames are omitted.
14414
14415 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14416 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14417 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14418 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14419 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14420 the backslash itself intact.
14421 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14422 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14423
14424 `makefile-browser-hook':
14425 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14426 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14427
14428 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14429 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14430 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14431 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14432
14433 \(fn)" t nil)
14434
14435 ;;;***
14436
14437 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16213
14438 ;;;;;; 43269))
14439 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14440
14441 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14442 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14443 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14444
14445 \(fn)" t nil)
14446
14447 ;;;***
14448
14449 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16247 63112))
14450 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14451
14452 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14453
14454 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14455 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14456 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14457 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14458 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14459 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14460 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14461
14462 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14463 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14464 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14465 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14466
14467 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14468
14469 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14470 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14471
14472 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14473
14474 ;;;***
14475
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16213 43269))
14477 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14478
14479 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14480 Toggle Master mode.
14481 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14482 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14483 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14484
14485 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14486 following commands:
14487
14488 \\{master-mode-map}
14489
14490 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14491 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14492 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14493
14494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14495
14496 ;;;***
14497
14498 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16213
14499 ;;;;;; 43269))
14500 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14501
14502 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14503
14504 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14505 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14506 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14508 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14509
14510 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14511
14512 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14513 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14514 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14515 created in the future.
14516 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14517 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14518
14519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14520
14521 ;;;***
14522
14523 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14524 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14525 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14526 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14527 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14528 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14529 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14530 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14531 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14532 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16213 43274))
14533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14534
14535 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14536 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14537
14538 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14539 king@grassland.com
14540 If `parens', they look like:
14541 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14542 If `angles', they look like:
14543 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14544
14545 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14546 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14547
14548 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14549
14550 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14551 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14552
14553 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14554
14555 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14556 *Local news organization file.")
14557
14558 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14559
14560 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14561 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14562 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14563 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14564
14565 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14566 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14567 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14568
14569 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14570
14571 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14572
14573 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14574 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14575
14576 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14577
14578 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14579 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14580
14581 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14582
14583 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14584 *Function for citing an original message.
14585 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14586 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14587 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14588
14589 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14590
14591 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14592 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14593 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14594 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14595 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14596
14597 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14598
14599 (defvar message-signature t "\
14600 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14601 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14602 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14603 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14604
14605 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14606
14607 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14608 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14609 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14610 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14611
14612 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14613
14614 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14615
14616 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14617 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14618 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14619 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14620 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14621 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14622 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14623 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14624 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14625 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14626 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14627 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14628 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14629 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14630 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14631 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14632 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14633 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14634 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14635 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14636 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14637 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14638 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14639 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14640 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14641
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14643
14644 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14645 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14646 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14647
14648 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14649
14650 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14651 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14652
14653 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14654
14655 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14656 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14657
14658 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14659
14660 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14661 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14662
14663 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14664
14665 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14666 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14667 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14668
14669 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14670
14671 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14672 Cancel an article you posted.
14673 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14674
14675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14676
14677 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14678 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14679 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14680 header line with the old Message-ID.
14681
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14683
14684 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14685 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14686
14687 \(fn)" t nil)
14688
14689 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14690 Forward the current message via mail.
14691 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14692 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14693
14694 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14695
14696 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14697 Not documented
14698
14699 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14700
14701 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14702 Not documented
14703
14704 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14705
14706 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14707 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14712 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14713
14714 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14715
14716 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14717 Re-mail the current message.
14718 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14719 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14720 you.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14725 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14726
14727 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14728
14729 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14730 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14731
14732 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14733
14734 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14735 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14736
14737 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14740 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14741
14742 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14745 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14746 Works by overstriking characters.
14747 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14748 which specify the range to operate on.
14749
14750 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14753 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14754 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14755 which specify the range to operate on.
14756
14757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14758
14759 ;;;***
14760
14761 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14762 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14764
14765 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14766 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14767 Special commands:
14768 \\{meta-mode-map}
14769
14770 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14771 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14772
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14774
14775 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14776 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14777 Special commands:
14778 \\{meta-mode-map}
14779
14780 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14781 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 ;;;***
14786
14787 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14788 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14789 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14791
14792 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14793 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14794 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14795
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14799 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14800 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14801 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14802 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14803 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14804 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14805
14806 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14807
14808 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14809 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14810 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14811 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14812 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14813 means current).
14814 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14815 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14816
14817 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14818
14819 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14820 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14821 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14822 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14823 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14824 means current).
14825 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14826 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14827
14828 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14829
14830 ;;;***
14831
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14833 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16213
14834 ;;;;;; 43280))
14835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14836
14837 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14838 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14839 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14840 to the MH mail system.
14841
14842 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14847 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14848 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14849 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14850 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14851 that want to create a mail buffer.
14852 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14853 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14854 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14855
14856 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14857
14858 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14859 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14860 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14861
14862 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14863 initial Subject field, respectively.
14864
14865 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14866 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14867 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14868
14869 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14870
14871 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14872
14873 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14874 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14875 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14876 to the MH mail system.
14877
14878 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14879
14880 \(fn)" t nil)
14881
14882 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14883 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14884
14885 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14886 using the MH mail handling system.
14887
14888 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14889 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14890 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14891 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14892 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14893 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14894 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14895
14896 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14897 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14898
14899 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14900 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14901
14902 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14906
14907 ;;;***
14908
14909 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14910 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14912
14913 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14914 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14915 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14916 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14917
14918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14921 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14922 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14923 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14924
14925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14926
14927 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14928 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14929
14930 \(fn)" t nil)
14931
14932 ;;;***
14933
14934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16213 43280))
14935 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14936
14937 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14938
14939 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14940
14941 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14942
14943 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14944
14945 ;;;***
14946
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14948 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16213 43269))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14950
14951 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14952 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14953 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14954 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14955 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14956 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14957 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14958 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14959 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14960 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14961 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14962
14963 \(fn)" t nil)
14964
14965 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14966 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14967 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14968 to its second argument TM.
14969
14970 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14971
14972 ;;;***
14973
14974 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14975 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16213 43269))
14976 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14977
14978 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14979 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14980 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14982 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14983
14984 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14985
14986 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14987 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14988 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14989 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14990 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14991 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14992 default indication.
14993
14994 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14995 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14996
14997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14998
14999 ;;;***
15000
15001 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15002 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15004
15005 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15006 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15007 \\{mixal-mode-map}
15008
15009 \(fn)" t nil)
15010
15011 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15012
15013 ;;;***
15014
15015 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15016 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15017 ;;;;;; (16233 29568))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15019
15020 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15021 Not documented
15022
15023 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15024
15025 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15026 Not documented
15027
15028 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15029
15030 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15031 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15032 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15033 PATTERN regexp.
15034
15035 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15036
15037 ;;;***
15038
15039 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15040 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15042
15043 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15044 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15045 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15046 the entire message.
15047 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15048
15049 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15050
15051 ;;;***
15052
15053 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15054 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15056
15057 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15058 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15059
15060 \(fn)" nil nil)
15061
15062 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15063 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15064
15065 \(fn)" nil nil)
15066
15067 ;;;***
15068
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15070 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15072
15073 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15074 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15075 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15076 followed by the first character of the construct.
15077 \\<m2-mode-map>
15078 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15079 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15080 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15081 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15082 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15083 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15084 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15085 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15086 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15087 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15088 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15089 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15090 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15091 \\[m2-link] link
15092
15093 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15094 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15095 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15096
15097 \(fn)" t nil)
15098
15099 ;;;***
15100
15101 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15102 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
15103 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15104
15105 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15106 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15107
15108 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15109
15110 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15111 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15112
15113 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15114
15115 ;;;***
15116
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16213
15118 ;;;;;; 43269))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15120
15121 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15122 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15123 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15125 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15126
15127 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15128
15129 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15130 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15131 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15132 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15133
15134 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15135
15136 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15137
15138 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15139
15140 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15141 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15142 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15143 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15144 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15145 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15146
15147 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15148 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15149 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15150 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15151 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15152
15153 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15154 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15155
15156 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15157 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15158
15159 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15160
15161 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15162 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15163 primary selection and region.
15164
15165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15166
15167 ;;;***
15168
15169 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16213 43281))
15170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15171
15172 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15173 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15174
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15176
15177 ;;;***
15178
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16213 43269))
15180 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15181
15182 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15183 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15184 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15186 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15187
15188 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15189
15190 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15191 Toggle Msb mode.
15192 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15193 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15194 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15195
15196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15197
15198 ;;;***
15199
15200 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15201 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15202 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15203 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15204 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15205 ;;;;;; (16216 22163))
15206 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15207
15208 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15209 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15210 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15211 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15212 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15213 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15214 set of ISO charsets.
15215
15216 Each element has the following format:
15217 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15218
15219 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15220
15221 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15222 CHARSET are mapped.
15223
15224 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15225 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15226 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15227 character code in CHARSET.
15228
15229 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15230 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15231 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15232 or
15233 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15234 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15235 TO2, or...
15236 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15237 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15238
15239 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15240 Display a list of all character sets.
15241
15242 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15243 internal Emacs use.
15244
15245 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15246 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15247 hexadecimal digits.
15248 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15249 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15250
15251 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15252 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15253 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15254 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15255
15256 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15257 but still shows the full information.
15258
15259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15260
15261 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15262 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15263 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15264 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15265 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15266
15267 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15268 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15269 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15270 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15271 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15272
15273 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15274
15275 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15276 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15277 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15278 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15279 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15280
15281 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15282
15283 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15284 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15285
15286 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15287
15288 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15289 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15290
15291 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15294 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15295
15296 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15297 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15298 in place of `..':
15299 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15300 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15301 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15302 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15303 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15304 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15305 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15306 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15307 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15308 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15309 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15310 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15311 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15312 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15313 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15314 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15315
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15317
15318 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15319 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15320
15321 \(fn)" t nil)
15322
15323 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15324 Display a list of all coding systems.
15325 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15326
15327 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15328 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15329
15330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15333 Display a list of all coding categories.
15334
15335 \(fn)" nil nil)
15336
15337 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15338 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15339
15340 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15341
15342 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15343 Display information about FONTSET.
15344 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15345
15346 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15349 Display a list of all fontsets.
15350 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15351 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15352 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15353
15354 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15355
15356 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15357 Display information about all input methods.
15358
15359 \(fn)" t nil)
15360
15361 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15362 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15363
15364 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15365 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15366 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15367 system which uses fontsets).
15368
15369 \(fn)" t nil)
15370
15371 ;;;***
15372
15373 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15374 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15375 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15376 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15377 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15378 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16213 43274))
15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15380
15381 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15382 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15383 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15384
15385 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15386
15387 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15388
15389 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15390 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15391
15392 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15393 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15394
15395 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15396 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15397
15398 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15399
15400 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15401 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15402 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15403 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15404 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15405 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15406 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15407
15408 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15409 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15410 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15411 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15412 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15413 middle of a character in STR.
15414
15415 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15416 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15417
15418 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15419 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15420 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15421 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15422 defaults to \"...\".
15423
15424 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15425
15426 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15427
15428 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15429
15430 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15431 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15432
15433 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15434 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15435 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15436
15437 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15438 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15439 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15440
15441 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15442 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15443 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15444 is considered.
15445 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15446 longer than KEYSEQ.
15447 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15448
15449 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15450
15451 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15452 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15453 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15454 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15455 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15456 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15457 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15458 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15459 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15460 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15461 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15462
15463 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15464
15465 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15466 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15467
15468 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15469
15470 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15471 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15472
15473 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15474
15475 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15476 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15477
15478 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15479
15480 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15481 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15482
15483 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15484
15485 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15486 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15487 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15488 or one is an alias of the other.
15489
15490 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15491
15492 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15493 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15494 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15495 coding systems ordered by priority.
15496
15497 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15498
15499 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15500 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15501 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15502 language environment LANG-ENV.
15503
15504 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15505
15506 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15507 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15508 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15509 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15510 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15511 basis, this may not be accurate.
15512
15513 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15514
15515 ;;;***
15516
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15518 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15520
15521 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15522 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15523 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15525 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15526
15527 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15528
15529 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15530 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15531 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15532 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15533
15534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15535
15536 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15537 Enable mouse wheel support.
15538
15539 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15540
15541 ;;;***
15542
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15544 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15545 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15546 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16213 43280))
15547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15548
15549 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15550 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15551
15552 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15555 Ping HOST.
15556 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15557 `ping-program-options'.
15558
15559 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15560
15561 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15562 Run ipconfig program.
15563
15564 \(fn)" t nil)
15565
15566 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15567
15568 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15569 Run netstat program.
15570
15571 \(fn)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15574 Run the arp program.
15575
15576 \(fn)" t nil)
15577
15578 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15579 Run the route program.
15580
15581 \(fn)" t nil)
15582
15583 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15584 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15585
15586 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15587
15588 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15589 Run nslookup program.
15590
15591 \(fn)" t nil)
15592
15593 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15594 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15595
15596 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15597
15598 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15599 Run dig program.
15600
15601 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15602
15603 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15604 Run ftp program.
15605
15606 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15607
15608 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15609 Finger USER on HOST.
15610
15611 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15612
15613 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15614 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15615 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15616 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15617
15618 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15621 Not documented
15622
15623 \(fn)" t nil)
15624
15625 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15626 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15627
15628 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15629
15630 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15631 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15632
15633 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15634
15635 ;;;***
15636
15637 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15638 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15639 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15640 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15641 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16213 43269))
15642 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15643
15644 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15645
15646 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15647
15648 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15649
15650 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15651
15652 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15653 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15654 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15655 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15656 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15657 Major modes should set this variable.")
15658
15659 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15660 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15661 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15662 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15663 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15664 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15665
15666 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15667
15668 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15669 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15670
15671 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15672 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15673 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15674 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15675
15676 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15677 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15678
15679 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15680 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15681 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15682
15683 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15684 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15685 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15686 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15687 column indentation or nil.
15688 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15689
15690 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15691 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15692 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15693
15694 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15695
15696 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15697 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15698 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15699 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15700
15701 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15702 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15703
15704 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15705
15706 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15707 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15708 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15709
15710 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15711
15712 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15713 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15714 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15715 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15716 the variables are properly set.
15717
15718 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15719
15720 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15721 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15722
15723 \(fn)" nil nil)
15724
15725 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15726 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15727 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15728
15729 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15730
15731 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15732 Set the comment column based on point.
15733 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15734 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15735 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15736 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15737
15738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15741 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15742 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15743
15744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15745
15746 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15747 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15748 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15749 comment markers.
15750
15751 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15752
15753 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15754 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15755 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15756 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15757 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15758 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15759 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15760 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15761
15762 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15763 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15764
15765 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15766
15767 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15768 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15769 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15770 is passed on to the respective function.
15771
15772 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15773
15774 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15775 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15776 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15777 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15778 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15779 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15780 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15781 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15782
15783 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15784
15785 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15786 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15787 This indents the body of the continued comment
15788 under the previous comment line.
15789
15790 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15791 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15792 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15793
15794 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15795 or comment indentation.
15796
15797 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15798 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15799
15800 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15801
15802 ;;;***
15803
15804 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16213
15805 ;;;;;; 43274))
15806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15807
15808 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15809 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15810 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15811 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15812 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15813 symbol in the alist.
15814
15815 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15816
15817 ;;;***
15818
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15820 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15822
15823 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15824 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15825 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15826
15827 \(fn)" t nil)
15828
15829 ;;;***
15830
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15834
15835 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15836 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15837 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15838
15839 \(fn)" t nil)
15840
15841 ;;;***
15842
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15844 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15846
15847 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15848 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15849
15850 \(fn)" t nil)
15851
15852 ;;;***
15853
15854 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15855 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16213 43274))
15856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15857
15858 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15859 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15860
15861 \(fn)" t nil)
15862
15863 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15864 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15865
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15867
15868 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15869 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15870
15871 \(fn)" t nil)
15872
15873 ;;;***
15874
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15876 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16213 43269))
15877 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15878
15879 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15880 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15881 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15882
15883 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15884 Not documented
15885
15886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15887
15888 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15889 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15890 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15891 to future sessions.
15892
15893 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15894
15895 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15896 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15897 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15898 to future sessions.
15899
15900 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15901
15902 ;;;***
15903
15904 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15905 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15907
15908 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15909 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15910 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15911 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15912 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15913 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15914
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15916
15917 ;;;***
15918
15919 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15920 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15922
15923 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15924 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15925 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15926 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15927 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15928
15929 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15930
15931 ;;;***
15932
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15934 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15936
15937 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15938 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15939 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15940
15941 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15942
15943 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15944 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15945
15946 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15947 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15948 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15949
15950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15951
15952 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15953
15954 ;;;***
15955
15956 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15957 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15959
15960 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15961 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15962
15963 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15964 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15965 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15966 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15967
15968 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15969 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15970 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15971 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15972 is why you need this mode!).
15973
15974 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15975 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15976 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15977
15978 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15979
15980 Keybindings
15981 ===========
15982
15983 \\{octave-mode-map}
15984
15985 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15986 ==============================================
15987
15988 octave-auto-indent
15989 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15990 Default is nil.
15991
15992 octave-auto-newline
15993 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15994 Default is nil.
15995
15996 octave-blink-matching-block
15997 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15998 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15999
16000 octave-block-offset
16001 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16002 Default is 2.
16003
16004 octave-continuation-offset
16005 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16006 Default is 4.
16007
16008 octave-continuation-string
16009 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16010 Default is a backslash.
16011
16012 octave-mode-startup-message
16013 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16014 Default is t.
16015
16016 octave-send-echo-input
16017 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16018 command to the inferior Octave process.
16019
16020 octave-send-line-auto-forward
16021 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16022 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16023
16024 octave-send-echo-input
16025 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16026
16027 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16028
16029 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16030 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16031
16032 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16033 (setq auto-mode-alist
16034 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16035
16036 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16037 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16038
16039 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16040 (lambda ()
16041 (abbrev-mode 1)
16042 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16043 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16044 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16045
16046 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16047 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16048 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16049 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16050
16051 \(fn)" t nil)
16052
16053 ;;;***
16054
16055 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16056 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16058
16059 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16060 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16061 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16062
16063 \(fn)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16066 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16067 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16068 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16069 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16070
16071 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16072
16073 \(fn)" t nil)
16074
16075 ;;;***
16076
16077 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16078 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
16079 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16080
16081 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16082 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16083 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16084 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16085
16086 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16087 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16088 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16089 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16090
16091 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16092 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16093 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16094 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16095 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16096 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16097
16098 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16099 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16100 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16101
16102 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16103 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16104 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16105 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16106 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16107 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16108 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16109 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16110 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16111 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16112 The subheadings remain visible.
16113 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16114
16115 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16116 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16117 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16118
16119 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16120 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16121
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16123
16124 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16125 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16126 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16127 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16128
16129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16130
16131 ;;;***
16132
16133 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16213 43269))
16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16135
16136 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16137 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16138 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16140 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16141
16142 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16143
16144 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16145 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16146 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16147 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16148
16149 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16150 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16151
16152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16153
16154 ;;;***
16155
16156 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16157 ;;;;;; (16243 62806))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16159
16160 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16161 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16162 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16163 unknown are returned as nil.
16164
16165 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16166
16167 ;;;***
16168
16169 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16213
16170 ;;;;;; 43282))
16171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16172
16173 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16174 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16175 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16176
16177 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16178 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16179
16180 Other useful functions are:
16181
16182 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16183 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16184 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16185 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16186 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16187 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16188 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16189 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16190 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16191
16192 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16193
16194 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16195 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16196 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16197 Indentation for case statements.
16198 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16199 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16200 mark after an end.
16201 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16202 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16203 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16204 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16205 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16206 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16207 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16208 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16209 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16210 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16211
16212 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16213 pascal-separator-keywords.
16214
16215 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16216 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16217
16218 \(fn)" t nil)
16219
16220 ;;;***
16221
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16223 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16225
16226 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16227 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16228 The keys affected are:
16229 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16230 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16231 M-Backspace does undo.
16232 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16233 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16234 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16235
16236 \(fn)" t nil)
16237
16238 ;;;***
16239
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16241 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16213 43273))
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16243
16244 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16245 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16246 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16248 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16249
16250 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16251
16252 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16253 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16254
16255 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16256
16257 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16258 which modify the status of the mark.
16259
16260 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16261 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16262
16263 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16264 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16265
16266 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16267 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16268 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16269 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16270 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16271
16272 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16273 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16274
16275 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16276 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16277 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16278
16279 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16280 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16281 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16282
16283 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16284 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16285
16286 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16287 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16288 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16289
16290 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16291 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16292 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16293
16294 F6 other-window
16295 DELETE delete-char
16296 C-DELETE kill-line
16297 M-DELETE kill-word
16298 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16299 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16300 M-BACKSPACE undo
16301
16302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16303
16304 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16305 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16306 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16307 and cursor movement commands.
16308 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16309 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16310
16311 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16312
16313 ;;;***
16314
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16213
16316 ;;;;;; 43269))
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16318
16319 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16320 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16321
16322 \(fn)" nil nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16327 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16213 43269))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16329
16330 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16331 Completion for `gzip'.
16332
16333 \(fn)" nil nil)
16334
16335 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16336 Completion for `bzip2'.
16337
16338 \(fn)" nil nil)
16339
16340 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16341 Completion for GNU `make'.
16342
16343 \(fn)" nil nil)
16344
16345 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16346 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16347
16348 \(fn)" nil nil)
16349
16350 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16351
16352 ;;;***
16353
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16355 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16213 43269))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16357
16358 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16359 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16360
16361 \(fn)" nil nil)
16362
16363 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16364 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16365
16366 \(fn)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16369 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16370
16371 \(fn)" nil nil)
16372
16373 ;;;***
16374
16375 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16213
16376 ;;;;;; 43269))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16378
16379 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16380 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16381 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16382 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16383 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16384 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16385
16386 \(fn)" nil nil)
16387
16388 ;;;***
16389
16390 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16391 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16392 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16213 43269))
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16394
16395 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16396 Completion for `cd'.
16397
16398 \(fn)" nil nil)
16399
16400 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16401
16402 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16403 Completion for `rmdir'.
16404
16405 \(fn)" nil nil)
16406
16407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16408 Completion for `rm'.
16409
16410 \(fn)" nil nil)
16411
16412 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16413 Completion for `xargs'.
16414
16415 \(fn)" nil nil)
16416
16417 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16418
16419 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16420 Completion for `which'.
16421
16422 \(fn)" nil nil)
16423
16424 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16425 Completion for the `chown' command.
16426
16427 \(fn)" nil nil)
16428
16429 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16430 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16431
16432 \(fn)" nil nil)
16433
16434 ;;;***
16435
16436 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16437 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16438 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16213
16439 ;;;;;; 43269))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16441
16442 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16443 Support extensible programmable completion.
16444 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16445 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16446
16447 \(fn)" t nil)
16448
16449 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16450 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16451
16452 \(fn)" t nil)
16453
16454 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16455 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16456 This will modify the current buffer.
16457
16458 \(fn)" t nil)
16459
16460 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16461 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16462
16463 \(fn)" t nil)
16464
16465 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16466 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16467 This will modify the current buffer.
16468
16469 \(fn)" t nil)
16470
16471 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16472 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16473
16474 \(fn)" t nil)
16475
16476 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16477 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16478
16479 \(fn)" t nil)
16480
16481 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16482 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16483 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16484 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16485 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16486
16487 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16488
16489 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16490 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16491
16492 \(fn)" nil nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16497 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16498 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16249 12135))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16500
16501 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16502 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16503 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16504 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16505
16506 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16507
16508 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16509
16510 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16511 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16512 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16513 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16514 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16515 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16516 FLAGS is ignored.
16517
16518 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16519
16520 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16521 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16522 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16523 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16524 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16525 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16526 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16527 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16528
16529 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16530
16531 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16532 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16533 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16534 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16535 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16536 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16537 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16538 passed to cvs.
16539
16540 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16541
16542 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16543 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16544 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16545 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16546 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16547 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16548 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16549
16550 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16551
16552 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16553
16554 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16555 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16556 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16557
16558 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16559
16560 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16561 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16562 nil means never do it.
16563 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16564 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16565 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16566
16567 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16568
16569 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16570 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16571 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16572
16573 ;;;***
16574
16575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16213 43269))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16577
16578 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16579
16580 ;;;***
16581
16582 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16583 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16585
16586 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16587 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16588 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16589 Tab indents for Perl code.
16590 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16591 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16593 \\{perl-mode-map}
16594 Variables controlling indentation style:
16595 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16596 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16597 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16598 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16599 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16600 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16601 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16602 `perl-nochange'
16603 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16604 `perl-indent-level'
16605 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16606 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16607 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16608 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16609 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16610 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16611 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16612 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16613 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16614 `perl-brace-offset'
16615 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16616 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16617 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16618 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16619 `perl-label-offset'
16620 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16621 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16622 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16623
16624 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16625 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16626 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16627 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16628 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16629 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16630 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16631
16632 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16633
16634 \(fn)" t nil)
16635
16636 ;;;***
16637
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16639 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16641
16642 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16643 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16644 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16645 afterwards settable by these commands:
16646 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16647 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16648 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16649 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16650 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16651 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16652 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16653 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16654 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16655 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16656 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16657 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16658 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16659 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16660 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16661 with these commands:
16662 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16663 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16664 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16665 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16666 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16667 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16668 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16669 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16670 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16671 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16672 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16673 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16674 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16675 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16676 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16677 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16678 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16679 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16680 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16681 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16682 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16683 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16684 text is saved in the kill ring.
16685 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16686 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16687 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16688 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16689 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16690 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16691 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16692 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16693 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16694 commands if invoked soon enough.
16695 You can return to the previous mode with:
16696 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16697 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16698
16699 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16700
16701 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16702 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16703
16704 \(fn)" t nil)
16705
16706 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16707
16708 ;;;***
16709
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16711 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16713
16714 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16715 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16716 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16717
16718 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16719
16720 ;;;***
16721
16722 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16213 43281))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16724
16725 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16726 Play pong and waste time.
16727 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16728 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16729
16730 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16731
16732 \\{pong-mode-map}
16733
16734 \(fn)" t nil)
16735
16736 ;;;***
16737
16738 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16739 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16213 43273))
16740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16741
16742 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16743 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16744 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16745 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16746
16747 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16748
16749 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16750 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16751 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16752 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16753 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16754
16755 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16756
16757 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16758 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16759 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16760 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16761 in the variable `values'.
16762
16763 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16764
16765 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16766 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16767 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16768 Ignores leading comment characters.
16769
16770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16771
16772 ;;;***
16773
16774 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16775 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16776 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16777 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16778 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16779 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16780 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16781 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16782 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16783 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16784 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16785 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16786 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16787 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16788 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16789 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16790 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16791 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16792 ;;;;;; (16213 43270))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16794
16795 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16796 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16797
16798 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16799
16800 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16801
16802 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16803
16804 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16805 Preview directory using ghostview.
16806
16807 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16808 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16809 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16810 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16811
16812 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16813 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16814 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16815 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16816 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16817 file name.
16818
16819 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16820
16821 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16822
16823 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16824 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16825
16826 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16827 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16828 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16829 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16830
16831 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16832 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16833 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16834 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16835 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16836 file name.
16837
16838 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16839
16840 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16841
16842 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16843 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16844
16845 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16846 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16847 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16848 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16849
16850 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16851 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16852 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16853 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16854 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16855 file name.
16856
16857 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16858
16859 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16860
16861 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16862 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16863
16864 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16865
16866 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16867 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16868 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16869 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16870
16871 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16872 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16873 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16874 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16875 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16876 file name.
16877
16878 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16879
16880 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16881
16882 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16883 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16884
16885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16886 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16887 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16888
16889 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16890 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16891 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16892 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16893
16894 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16895
16896 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16897 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16898
16899 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16900 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16901 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16902
16903 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16904 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16905 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16906 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16907
16908 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16909
16910 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16911 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16912
16913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16914 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16915 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16916
16917 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16918 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16919 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16920 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16921
16922 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16923
16924 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16925 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16926
16927 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16928
16929 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16930 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16931 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16932
16933 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16934 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16935 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16936 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16937
16938 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16939
16940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16941 Preview region using ghostview.
16942
16943 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16944
16945 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16946
16947 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16948 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16949
16950 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16951
16952 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16953
16954 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16955 Print region using PostScript printer.
16956
16957 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16958
16959 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16960
16961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16962 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16963
16964 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16965
16966 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16967
16968 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16969 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16970
16971 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16972
16973 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16974
16975 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16976 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16977
16978 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16979
16980 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16981
16982 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16983 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16984
16985 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16986
16987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16988
16989 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16990 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16991
16992 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16993
16994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16995
16996 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16997 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16998 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16999 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17000
17001 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17002 matching.
17003
17004 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17005 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17006
17007 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17008
17009 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17010
17011 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17012 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17013 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17014 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17015
17016 \(fn)" t nil)
17017
17018 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17019 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17020 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17021 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17022
17023 \(fn)" t nil)
17024
17025 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17026 Print directory using text printer.
17027
17028 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17029 matching.
17030
17031 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17032 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17033
17034 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17035
17036 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17037
17038 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17039 Print buffer using text printer.
17040
17041 \(fn)" t nil)
17042
17043 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17044 Print region using text printer.
17045
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17047
17048 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17049 Print major mode using text printer.
17050
17051 \(fn)" t nil)
17052
17053 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17054 Preview spooled PostScript.
17055
17056 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17057 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17058 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17059
17060 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17061 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17062 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17063
17064 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17065
17066 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17067 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17068
17069 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17070 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17071 instead of sending it to the printer.
17072
17073 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17074 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17075 image in a file with that name.
17076
17077 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17078
17079 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17080 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17081
17082 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17083 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17084 instead of sending it to the printer.
17085
17086 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17087 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17088 image in a file with that name.
17089
17090 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17091
17092 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17093 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17094
17095 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17096 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17097 instead of sending it to the printer.
17098
17099 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17100 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17101 image in a file with that name.
17102
17103 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17104
17105 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17106 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17107
17108 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17109
17110 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17111 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17112
17113 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17114
17115 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17116 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17117
17118 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17119
17120 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17121 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17122
17123 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17124
17125 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17126 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17127
17128 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17129
17130 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17131 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17132
17133 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17134 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17135 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17136 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17137
17138 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17139 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17140 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17141 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17142 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17143 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17144 file name.
17145
17146 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17147
17148 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17149 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17150
17151 \(fn)" t nil)
17152
17153 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17154 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17155
17156 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17157 right.
17158 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17159 bottom.
17160
17161 \(fn)" t nil)
17162
17163 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17164 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17165
17166 \(fn)" t nil)
17167
17168 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17169 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17170
17171 \(fn)" t nil)
17172
17173 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17174 Toggle printing with faces.
17175
17176 \(fn)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17179 Toggle spooling.
17180
17181 \(fn)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17184 Toggle duplex.
17185
17186 \(fn)" t nil)
17187
17188 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17189 Toggle tumble.
17190
17191 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17192 right.
17193 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17194 bottom.
17195
17196 \(fn)" t nil)
17197
17198 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17199 Toggle landscape.
17200
17201 \(fn)" t nil)
17202
17203 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17204 Toggle upside-down.
17205
17206 \(fn)" t nil)
17207
17208 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17209 Toggle line number.
17210
17211 \(fn)" t nil)
17212
17213 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17214 Toggle zebra stripes.
17215
17216 \(fn)" t nil)
17217
17218 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17219 Toggle printing header.
17220
17221 \(fn)" t nil)
17222
17223 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17224 Toggle printing header frame.
17225
17226 \(fn)" t nil)
17227
17228 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17229 Toggle menu lock.
17230
17231 \(fn)" t nil)
17232
17233 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17234 Toggle auto region.
17235
17236 \(fn)" t nil)
17237
17238 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17239 Toggle auto mode.
17240
17241 \(fn)" t nil)
17242
17243 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17244 Customization of `printing' group.
17245
17246 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17247
17248 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17249 Customization of `lpr' group.
17250
17251 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17252
17253 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17254 Help for printing package.
17255
17256 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17257
17258 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17259 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17260
17261 \(fn)" t nil)
17262
17263 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17264 Select interactively a text printer.
17265
17266 \(fn)" t nil)
17267
17268 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17269 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17270
17271 \(fn)" t nil)
17272
17273 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17274 Show current ps-print settings.
17275
17276 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17277
17278 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17279 Show current printing settings.
17280
17281 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17282
17283 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17284 Show current lpr settings.
17285
17286 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17289 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17290
17291 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17292 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17293 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17294 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17295
17296
17297 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17298
17299 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17300 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17301 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17302
17303 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17304 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17305 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17306 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17307 current active printer.
17308
17309 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17310 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17311 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17312 printer.
17313
17314 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17315 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17316 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17317 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17318 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17319
17320
17321 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17322 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17323
17324 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17325
17326 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17327 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17328 be done using the new current active printer.
17329
17330 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17331 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17332 printer.
17333
17334 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17335 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17336 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17337 instead of sending it to the printer.
17338
17339 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17340 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17341 printer.
17342
17343 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17344
17345
17346 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17347 are both set to t.
17348
17349 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17350
17351 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17352 Fast fire function for text printing.
17353
17354 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17355 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17356 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17357 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17358
17359 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17360 user for a new active text printer.
17361
17362 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17363
17364 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17365
17366 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17367 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17368 printer.
17369
17370 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17371
17372 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17373 are both set to t.
17374
17375 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17376
17377 ;;;***
17378
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17380 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17382
17383 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17384 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17385 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17386 Commands:
17387 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17388 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17389 if that value is non-nil.
17390
17391 \(fn)" t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17394 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17395
17396 \(fn)" t nil)
17397
17398 ;;;***
17399
17400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16213 43271))
17401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17402
17403 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17404 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17405 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17406
17407 ;;;***
17408
17409 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16213
17410 ;;;;;; 43282))
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17412
17413 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17414 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17415
17416 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17417
17418 The following variables hold user options, and can
17419 be set through the `customize' command:
17420
17421 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17422 `ps-mode-tab'
17423 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17424 `ps-mode-print-function'
17425 `ps-run-prompt'
17426 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17427 `ps-run-x'
17428 `ps-run-dumb'
17429 `ps-run-init'
17430 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17431 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17432
17433 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17434
17435
17436 \\{ps-mode-map}
17437
17438
17439 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17440 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17441 The keymap for this second window is:
17442
17443 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17444
17445
17446 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17447 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17448 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17449 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17450 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17451
17452 \(fn)" t nil)
17453
17454 ;;;***
17455
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17457 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17458 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17459 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16213 43271))
17460 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17461
17462 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17463 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17464
17465 Valid values are:
17466
17467 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17468 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17469 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17470 changed by setting the variable
17471 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17472 The initial value of this variable is
17473 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17474 documentation).
17475
17476 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17477 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17478 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17479 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17480 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17481 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17482 test it.
17483
17484 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17485 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17486 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17487 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17488 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17489 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17490 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17491 use this value, be sure to have installed
17492 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17493 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17494 documentation of this variable).
17495
17496 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17497 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17498 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17499 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17500 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17501 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17502
17503 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17504
17505 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17506
17507 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17508 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17509 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17510
17511 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17512
17513 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17514 Not documented
17515
17516 \(fn)" nil nil)
17517
17518 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17519 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17520
17521 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17522
17523 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17524
17525 Returns the value:
17526
17527 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17528
17529 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17530 the sequence.
17531
17532 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17535 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17536
17537 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17538 composition.
17539
17540 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17541
17542 Returns the value:
17543
17544 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17545
17546 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17547 the sequence.
17548
17549 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17550
17551 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17552 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17553
17554 \(fn)" nil nil)
17555
17556 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17557 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17558 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17559
17560 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17561
17562 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17563 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17564
17565 \(fn)" nil nil)
17566
17567 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17568 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17569 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17570
17571 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17572
17573 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17574 Not documented
17575
17576 \(fn)" nil nil)
17577
17578 ;;;***
17579
17580 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17581 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17582 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17583 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17584 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17585 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16213
17586 ;;;;;; 43271))
17587 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17588
17589 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17590 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17591 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17592
17593 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17594
17595 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17596 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17597 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17598 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17599
17600 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17601
17602 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17603 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17604
17605 Valid values are:
17606
17607 nil Do not print colors.
17608
17609 t Print colors.
17610
17611 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17612 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17613
17614 Any other value is treated as t.")
17615
17616 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17617
17618 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17619 Customization of ps-print group.
17620
17621 \(fn)" t nil)
17622
17623 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17624 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17625
17626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17627 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17628 sending it to the printer.
17629
17630 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17631 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17632 image in a file with that name.
17633
17634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17635
17636 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17637 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17638 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17639 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17640 so it has a way to determine color values.
17641
17642 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17643
17644 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17645 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17646 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17647
17648 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17649
17650 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17651 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17652 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17653 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17654 so it has a way to determine color values.
17655
17656 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17657
17658 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17659 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17660 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17661 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17662
17663 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17664
17665 \(fn)" t nil)
17666
17667 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17668 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17669 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17670 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17671 so it has a way to determine color values.
17672
17673 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17674
17675 \(fn)" t nil)
17676
17677 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17678 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17679 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17680
17681 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17682
17683 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17684
17685 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17686 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17687 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17688 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17689 so it has a way to determine color values.
17690
17691 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17692
17693 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17694
17695 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17696 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17697
17698 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17699 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17700 instead of sending it to the printer.
17701
17702 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17703 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17704 image in a file with that name.
17705
17706 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17707
17708 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17709 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17710 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17711 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17712 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17713
17714 \(fn)" t nil)
17715
17716 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17717 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17718 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17719
17720 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17721
17722 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17723 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17724 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17725
17726 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17729 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17730
17731 \(fn)" nil nil)
17732
17733 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17734 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17735
17736 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17737 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17738
17739 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17740 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17741
17742 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17743
17744 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17745
17746 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17747
17748 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17749 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17750
17751 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17752 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17753
17754 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17755 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17756
17757 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17758
17759 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17760
17761 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17762
17763 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17764 foreground and background colors respectively.
17765
17766 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17767 bold - use bold font.
17768 italic - use italic font.
17769 underline - put a line under text.
17770 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17771 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17772 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17773 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17774 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17775
17776 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17777
17778 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17779
17780 ;;;***
17781
17782 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17783 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17784 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17785 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17786 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16213 43279))
17787 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17788
17789 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17790 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17791
17792 \(fn)" nil nil)
17793
17794 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17795 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17796 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17797
17798 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17799 `quail-activate', which see.
17800
17801 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17802
17803 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17804 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17805 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17806 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17807 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17808 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17809 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17810
17811 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17812 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17813 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17814 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17815 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17816 shown.
17817 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17818
17819 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17820 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17821 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17822 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17823 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17824 list of candidates.
17825
17826 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17827 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17828 command to be called.
17829
17830 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17831 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17832 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17833 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17834
17835 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17836 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17837 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17838 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17839 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17840 to t.
17841
17842 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17843 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17844 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17845 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17846
17847 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17848 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17849 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17850 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17851
17852 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17853 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17854 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17855 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17856 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17857 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17858
17859 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17860 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17861 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17862 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17863 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17864 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17865
17866 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17867 covers Quail translation region.
17868
17869 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17870 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17871 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17872 for it) is inserted.
17873
17874 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17875 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17876 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17877
17878 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17879 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17880 non-Quail commands.
17881
17882 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17883
17884 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17885 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17886
17887 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17888 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17889 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17890 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17891 you type is correctly handled.
17892
17893 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17896 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17897
17898 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17899 keyboard type.
17900
17901 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17904 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17905 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17906 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17907 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17908 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17909 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17910 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17911 for the translation.
17912 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17913
17914 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17915 it is used to handle KEY.
17916
17917 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17918 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17919 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17920 the following annotation types are supported.
17921
17922 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17923 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17924
17925 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17926 candidate list.
17927
17928 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17929 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17930 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17931 inserted.
17932
17933 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17934 generated for the following translations.
17935
17936 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17937
17938 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17939 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17940
17941 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17942 which to install MAP.
17943
17944 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17945
17946 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17947
17948 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17949 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17950
17951 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17952 which to install MAP.
17953
17954 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17955
17956 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17957
17958 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17959 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17960 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17961 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17962 a function, or a cons.
17963 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17964 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17965 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17966 for the translation.
17967 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17968 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17969 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17970 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17971 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17972
17973 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17974 it is used to handle KEY.
17975
17976 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17977 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17978 current Quail package.
17979
17980 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17981 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17982
17983 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17984
17985 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17986 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17987
17988 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17989 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17990
17991 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17992
17993 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17994 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17995
17996 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17997
17998 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17999 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18000 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18001 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18002 of the Emacs source tree.
18003
18004 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18005 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18006
18007 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18008 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18009 of each directory.
18010
18011 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18012
18013 ;;;***
18014
18015 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18016 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18017 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16213
18018 ;;;;;; 43280))
18019 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18020
18021 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18022 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18023 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18024 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18025
18026 To make use of this do something like:
18027
18028 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18029
18030 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18031
18032 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18033 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18034
18035 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18036 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18037 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18038
18039 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18040
18041 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18042 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18043
18044 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18045
18046 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18047 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18048
18049 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18050 is decided.
18051
18052 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18053
18054 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18055 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18056
18057 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18058 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18059 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18060
18061 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18062
18063 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18064 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18065
18066 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18067
18068 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18069 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18070
18071 \(fn)" t nil)
18072
18073 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18074 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18075
18076 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18077
18078 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18079
18080 \(fn)" t nil)
18081
18082 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18083 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18084
18085 \(fn)" t nil)
18086
18087 ;;;***
18088
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16213
18090 ;;;;;; 43280))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18092
18093 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18094 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18095 See \\[compile].
18096
18097 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18098
18099 ;;;***
18100
18101 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18102 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18104
18105 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18106 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18107
18108 \(fn)" t nil)
18109
18110 ;;;***
18111
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16247 63112))
18113 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18114
18115 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18116 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18117 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18119 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18120
18121 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18122
18123 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18124 Toggle recentf mode.
18125 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18126 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18127
18128 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18129 that were operated on recently.
18130
18131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18132
18133 ;;;***
18134
18135 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18136 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18137 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18138 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16213
18139 ;;;;;; 43271))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18141
18142 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18143 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18144 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18145 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18146
18147 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18148
18149 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18150
18151 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18152 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18153 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18154 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18155 ends.
18156
18157 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18158 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18159 to be deleted.
18160
18161 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18162
18163 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18164 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18165 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18166
18167 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18168 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18169 deleted.
18170
18171 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18172
18173 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18174 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18175 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18176
18177 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18178
18179 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18180 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18181
18182 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18183 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18184
18185 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18186 deleted.
18187
18188 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18189
18190 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18191 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18192
18193 \(fn)" t nil)
18194
18195 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18196 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18197 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18198 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18199 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18200 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18201 and point is at the lower right corner.
18202
18203 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18204
18205 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18206 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18207
18208 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18209 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18210
18211 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18212 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18213 on the right side of the rectangle.
18214
18215 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18216
18217 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18218
18219 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18220 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18221 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18222 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18223 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18224
18225 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18226 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18227
18228 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18229
18230 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18231 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18232 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18233
18234 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18235
18236 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18237
18238 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18239
18240 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18241 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18242
18243 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18244 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18245 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18246
18247 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18248
18249 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18250 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18251 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18252
18253 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18254 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18255 rectangle which were empty.
18256
18257 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18258
18259 ;;;***
18260
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16213
18262 ;;;;;; 43283))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18264
18265 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18266 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18267 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18268
18269 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18270 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18271 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18272
18273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18274
18275 ;;;***
18276
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18278 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16213 43284))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18280
18281 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18282 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18283
18284 \(fn)" nil nil)
18285
18286 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18287 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18288
18289 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18290 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18291
18292 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18293 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18294 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18295 \\ref macro.
18296
18297 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18298 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18299 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18300
18301 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18302 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18303 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18304
18305 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18306 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18307
18308 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18309 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18310
18311 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18312 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18313 on the menu bar.
18314
18315 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18316
18317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18318
18319 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18320 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18321 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18322
18323 \(fn)" nil nil)
18324
18325 ;;;***
18326
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18330
18331 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18332 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18333 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18334 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18335 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18336 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18337
18338 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18339
18340 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18341
18342 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18343 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18344 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18345 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18346
18347 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18348 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18349 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18350 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18351
18352 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18353
18354 ;;;***
18355
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18357 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18359
18360 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18361 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18362 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18363
18364 To insert new phrases, use
18365 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18366 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18367
18368 To index phrases use one of:
18369
18370 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18371 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18372 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18373 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18374 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18375
18376 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18377 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18378
18379 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18380
18381 Here are all local bindings.
18382
18383 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18384
18385 \(fn)" t nil)
18386
18387 ;;;***
18388
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18390 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18392
18393 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18394 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18395 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18396 of master file.
18397
18398 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18399
18400 ;;;***
18401
18402 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18403 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18405
18406 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18407 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18408 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18409 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18410 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18411 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18412
18413 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18414 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18415
18416 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18417 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18418
18419 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18420
18421 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18422 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18423 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18424 in REGEXP.
18425
18426 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18427
18428 ;;;***
18429
18430 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16213 43271))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18432
18433 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18434 Repeat most recently executed command.
18435 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18436 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18437 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18438
18439 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18440 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18441 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18442
18443 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18444
18445 ;;;***
18446
18447 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18448 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
18449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18450
18451 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18452 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18453
18454 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18455 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18456 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18457 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18458 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18459 and point is left after the salutation.
18460
18461 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18462 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18463 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18464 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18465 left after that text.
18466
18467 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18468 is non-nil.
18469
18470 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18471 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18472 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18473 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18474
18475 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18476
18477 ;;;***
18478
18479 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18480 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18482
18483 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18484 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18485 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18486 visibility of comments that precede it.
18487 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18488 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18489 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18490 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18491 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18492 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18493 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18494 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18495 the comment lines.
18496 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18497 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18498 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18499 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18500 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18501
18502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18503 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18504
18505 ;;;***
18506
18507 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16213
18508 ;;;;;; 43271))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18510
18511 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18512 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18513
18514 \(fn)" nil nil)
18515
18516 ;;;***
18517
18518 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18519 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18521
18522 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18523 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18524 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18525
18526 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18527 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18528 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18529
18530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18531
18532 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18533 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18534 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18536 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18537
18538 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18539
18540 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18541 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18542 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18543
18544 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18545 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18546 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18547
18548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18549
18550 ;;;***
18551
18552 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18553 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18554 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18556
18557 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18558 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18559 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18560 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18561 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18562
18563 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18564
18565 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18566 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18567 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18568 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18569 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18570
18571 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18572
18573 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18574 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18575 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18577 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18578
18579 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18580
18581 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18582 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18583 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18584 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18585 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18586 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18587 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18588
18589 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18590 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18591
18592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18593
18594 ;;;***
18595
18596 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18597 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18599
18600 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18601 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18602
18603 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18604
18605 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18606 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18607
18608 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18609
18610 ;;;***
18611
18612 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16213 43280))
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18614 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18615
18616 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18617 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18618 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18619 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18620
18621 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18622
18623 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18624 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18625 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18626 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18627
18628 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18629 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18630
18631 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18632 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18633
18634 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18635 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18636 INPUT-ARGS.
18637
18638 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18639 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18640 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18641 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18642 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18643
18644 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18645 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18646 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18647 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18648
18649 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18650 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18651 variable.
18652
18653 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18654
18655 ;;;***
18656
18657 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18658 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18659 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18660 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18661 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18662 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18663 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16213 43280))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18665
18666 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18667 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18668 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18669 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18670
18671 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18672
18673 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18674 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18675 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18676 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18677 value is the user's email address and name.)
18678 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18679
18680 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18681 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18682 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18683 which normally happens once for each message,
18684 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18685 To make a change in this variable take effect
18686 for a message that you have already viewed,
18687 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18688
18689 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18690
18691 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18692 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18693 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18694 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18695
18696 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18697
18698 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18699 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18700
18701 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18702
18703 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18704 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18705 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18706 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18707
18708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18709
18710 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18711 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18712
18713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18714
18715 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18716 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18717
18718 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18719
18720 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18721 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18722 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18723 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18724 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18725
18726 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18727
18728 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18729 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18730
18731 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18732
18733 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18734 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18735
18736 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18737
18738 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18739 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18740
18741 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18742
18743 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18744 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18745
18746 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18747
18748 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18749 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18750
18751 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18752 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18753
18754 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18755 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18756
18757 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18758
18759 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18760 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18761
18762 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18763 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18764 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18765 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18766
18767 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18768 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18769
18770 This is set to nil by default.")
18771
18772 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18773 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18774 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18775 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18776 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18777
18778 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18779
18780 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18781 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18782 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18783 It is called with no argument.")
18784
18785 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18786 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18787 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18788 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18789 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18790 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18791 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18792
18793 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18794 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18795 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18796 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18797 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18798 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18799
18800 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18801 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18802 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18803 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18804 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18805
18806 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18807 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18808 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18809 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18810 MSG is the message number,
18811 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18812 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18813
18814 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18815 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18816 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18817 this feature is required with `require'.")
18818
18819 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18820 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18821 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18822 the message is decoded as normal way.
18823
18824 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18825 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18826 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18827
18828 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18829 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18830 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18831
18832 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18833 Read and edit incoming mail.
18834 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18835 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18836 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18837
18838 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18839 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18840 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18841 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18842
18843 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18844
18845 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18848 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18849 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18850 Instead, these commands are available:
18851
18852 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18853 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18854 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18855 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18856 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18857 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18858 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18859 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18860 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18861 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18862 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18863 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18864 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18865 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18866 till a deleted message is found.
18867 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18868 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18869 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18870 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18871 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18872 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18873 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18874 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18875 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18876 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18877 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18878 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18879 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18880 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18881 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18882 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18883 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18884 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18885 (label defaults to last one specified).
18886 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18887 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18888 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18889 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18890 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18891 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18892 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18893 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18894 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18895
18896 \(fn)" t nil)
18897
18898 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18899 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18900
18901 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18902
18903 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18904 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18905
18906 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18907
18908 ;;;***
18909
18910 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18911 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
18912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18913
18914 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18915 Edit the contents of this message.
18916
18917 \(fn)" t nil)
18918
18919 ;;;***
18920
18921 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18922 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18923 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16213 43280))
18924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18925
18926 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18927 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18928 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18929
18930 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18931
18932 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18933 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18934 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18935
18936 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18937
18938 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18939 Not documented
18940
18941 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18942
18943 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18944 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18945 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18946 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18947 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18948
18949 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18950
18951 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18952 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18953 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18954 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18955 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18956
18957 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18958
18959 ;;;***
18960
18961 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18962 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
18963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18964
18965 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18966 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18967 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18968 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18969
18970 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18971
18972 ;;;***
18973
18974 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18975 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18976 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16213 43280))
18977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18978
18979 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18980 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18981 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18982 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18983 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18984 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18985 a file name as a string.")
18986
18987 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18988
18989 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18990 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18991 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18992 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18993 buffer visiting that file.
18994 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18995 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18996
18997 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18998 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18999
19000 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19001 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19002
19003 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19004 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19005
19006 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19007
19008 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19009 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19010
19011 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19012
19013 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19014 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19015 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19016 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19017 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19018
19019 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19020 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19021 will be appended with their original headers.
19022
19023 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19024 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19025
19026 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19027 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19028
19029 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19030
19031 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19034 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19035 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19036
19037 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19038
19039 ;;;***
19040
19041 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19042 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19043 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16213
19044 ;;;;;; 43280))
19045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19046
19047 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19048 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19049 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19050
19051 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19052
19053 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19054 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19055 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19056
19057 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19060 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19061 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19062
19063 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19064
19065 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19066 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19067 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19068
19069 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19070
19071 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19072 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19073 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19074
19075 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19076
19077 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19078 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19079 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19080
19081 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19084 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19085 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19086 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19087
19088 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091
19092 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19093 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19094 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19095 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19096 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16250 35353))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19098
19099 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19100 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19101
19102 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19103
19104 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19105 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19106
19107 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19108
19109 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19110 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19111
19112 \(fn)" t nil)
19113
19114 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19115 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19116 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19117
19118 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19119
19120 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19121 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19122 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19123 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19124 only look in the To and From fields.
19125 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19126
19127 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19128
19129 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19130 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19131 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19132 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19133 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19134
19135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19136
19137 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19138 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19139 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19140 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19141 look in the whole message.
19142 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19143
19144 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19145
19146 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19147 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19148 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19149
19150 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19151
19152 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19153 *Function to decode summary-line.
19154
19155 By default, `identity' is set.")
19156
19157 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19158
19159 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19160 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19161 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19162 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19163 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19164 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19165 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19166
19167 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19168 sent by you under different user names.
19169 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19170
19171 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19172
19173 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19174
19175 ;;;***
19176
19177 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19178 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19180
19181 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19182 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19183 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19184 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19185
19186 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19187
19188 ;;;***
19189
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19191 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16213 43271))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19193
19194 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19195 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19196
19197 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19198
19199 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19200 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19201
19202 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19203
19204 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19205 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19206
19207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19208
19209 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19210 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19211 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19212
19213 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19214 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19215 in rot 13.
19216
19217 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19218
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19220
19221 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19222 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19223
19224 \(fn)" t nil)
19225
19226 ;;;***
19227
19228 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19229 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19230 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19231 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19232 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19234
19235 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19236 *This variable is obsolete.")
19237
19238 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19239
19240 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19241 *This variable is obsolete.")
19242
19243 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19244
19245 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19246 *This variable is obsolete.")
19247
19248 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19249
19250 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19251 *This variable is obsolete.")
19252
19253 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19254
19255 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19256 *This variable is obsolete.")
19257
19258 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19259
19260 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19261 *This variable is obsolete.")
19262
19263 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19264
19265 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19266 This function is obsolete.
19267
19268 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19269
19270 ;;;***
19271
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16216
19273 ;;;;;; 22161))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19275
19276 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19277 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19278
19279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19280
19281 ;;;***
19282
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16213
19284 ;;;;;; 43273))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19286
19287 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19288 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19289 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19290 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19291
19292 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19293
19294 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19295 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19296 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19297
19298 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19299 notation.
19300
19301 STRING
19302 matches string STRING literally.
19303
19304 CHAR
19305 matches character CHAR literally.
19306
19307 `not-newline'
19308 matches any character except a newline.
19309 .
19310 `anything'
19311 matches any character
19312
19313 `(any SET)'
19314 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19315 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19316
19317 '(in SET)'
19318 like `any'.
19319
19320 `(not (any SET))'
19321 matches any character not in SET
19322
19323 `line-start'
19324 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19325 in the text being matched
19326
19327 `line-end'
19328 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19329
19330 `string-start'
19331 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19332 string being matched against.
19333
19334 `string-end'
19335 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19336 string being matched against.
19337
19338 `buffer-start'
19339 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19340 buffer being matched against.
19341
19342 `buffer-end'
19343 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19344 buffer being matched against.
19345
19346 `point'
19347 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19348
19349 `word-start'
19350 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19351 word.
19352
19353 `word-end'
19354 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19355
19356 `word-boundary'
19357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19358 word.
19359
19360 `(not word-boundary)'
19361 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19362 word.
19363
19364 `digit'
19365 matches 0 through 9.
19366
19367 `control'
19368 matches ASCII control characters.
19369
19370 `hex-digit'
19371 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19372
19373 `blank'
19374 matches space and tab only.
19375
19376 `graphic'
19377 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19378 space, and DEL.
19379
19380 `printing'
19381 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19382 and DEL.
19383
19384 `alphanumeric'
19385 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19386 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19387
19388 `letter'
19389 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19390 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19391
19392 `ascii'
19393 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19394
19395 `nonascii'
19396 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19397
19398 `lower'
19399 matches anything lower-case.
19400
19401 `upper'
19402 matches anything upper-case.
19403
19404 `punctuation'
19405 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19406 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19407
19408 `space'
19409 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19410
19411 `word'
19412 matches anything that has word syntax.
19413
19414 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19415 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19416 of the following symbols.
19417
19418 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19419 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19420 `word' (\\sw)
19421 `symbol' (\\s_)
19422 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19423 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19424 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19425 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19426 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19427 `escape' (\\s\\)
19428 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19429 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19430 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19431
19432 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19433 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19434
19435 `(category CATEGORY)'
19436 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19437 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19438
19439 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19440 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19441 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19442 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19443 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19444 `symbol' (\\c5)
19445 `digit' (\\c6)
19446 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19447 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19448 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19449 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19450 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19451 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19452 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19453 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19454 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19455 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19456 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19457 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19458 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19459 `ascii' (\\ca)
19460 `arabic' (\\cb)
19461 `chinese' (\\cc)
19462 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19463 `greek' (\\cg)
19464 `korean' (\\ch)
19465 `indian' (\\ci)
19466 `japanese' (\\cj)
19467 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19468 `latin' (\\cl)
19469 `lao' (\\co)
19470 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19471 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19472 `thai' (\\ct)
19473 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19474 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19475 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19476 `can-break' (\\c|)
19477
19478 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19479 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19480
19481 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19482 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19483
19484 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19485 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19486 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19487
19488 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19489 another name for `submatch'.
19490
19491 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19492 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19493 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19494 regular expression.
19495
19496 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19497 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19498 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19499 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19500 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19501
19502 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19503 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19504
19505 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19506 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19507
19508 `(0+ SEXP)'
19509 like `zero-or-more'.
19510
19511 `(* SEXP)'
19512 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19513
19514 `(*? SEXP)'
19515 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19516
19517 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19518 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19519
19520 `(1+ SEXP)'
19521 like `one-or-more'.
19522
19523 `(+ SEXP)'
19524 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19525
19526 `(+? SEXP)'
19527 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19528
19529 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19530 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19531
19532 `(optional SEXP)'
19533 like `zero-or-one'.
19534
19535 `(? SEXP)'
19536 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19537
19538 `(?? SEXP)'
19539 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19540
19541 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19542 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19543
19544 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19545 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19546
19547 `(eval FORM)'
19548 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19549 `regexp-quote' it.
19550
19551 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19552 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19553
19554 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19555
19556 ;;;***
19557
19558 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19559 ;;;;;; (16250 35355))
19560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19561
19562 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19563 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19564 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19565
19566 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19567 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19568 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19569 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19570 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19571 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19572 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19573 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19574
19575 Commands:
19576 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19577 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19578 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19579 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19580 if that value is non-nil.
19581
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19583
19584 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19585 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19586 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19587
19588 Commands:
19589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19590 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19591 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19592 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19593 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19594 that variable's value is a string.
19595
19596 \(fn)" t nil)
19597
19598 ;;;***
19599
19600 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19601 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
19602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19603
19604 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19605 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19606 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19607
19608 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19609
19610 \(fn)" t nil)
19611
19612 ;;;***
19613
19614 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16213
19615 ;;;;;; 43281))
19616 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19617
19618 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19619 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19620 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19621 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19622
19623 Interesting variables:
19624
19625 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19626 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19627
19628 `scribe-electric-quote'
19629 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19630
19631 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19632 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19633 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19634
19635 \(fn)" t nil)
19636
19637 ;;;***
19638
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19640 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19642
19643 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19644 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19645 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19647 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19648
19649 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19650
19651 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19652 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19653 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19654 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19655 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19656
19657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19658
19659 ;;;***
19660
19661 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19662 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19663 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19664 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19665 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19666 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16250 35353))
19667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19668
19669 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19670 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19671
19672 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19673 king@grassland.com
19674 If `parens', they look like:
19675 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19676 If `angles', they look like:
19677 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19678 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19679 derived from the envelope-from address.
19680
19681 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19682 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19683 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19684 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19685
19686 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19687
19688 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19689 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19690 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19691 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19692
19693 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19694 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19695 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19696 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19697
19698 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19699
19700 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19701 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19702 This is done when the message is initialized,
19703 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19704
19705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19706
19707 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19708 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19709 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19710
19711 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19712
19713 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19714 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19715
19716 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19717
19718 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19719 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19720 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19721 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19722 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19723 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19724 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19725
19726 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19727
19728 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19729 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19730
19731 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19732
19733 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19734 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19735 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19736
19737 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19738
19739 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19740 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19741 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19742 when you first send mail.")
19743
19744 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19745
19746 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19747 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19748 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19749 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19750 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19751
19752 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19753
19754 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19755 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19756 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19757 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19758 This file need not actually exist.")
19759
19760 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19761
19762 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19763 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19764 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19765 If a string, that string is inserted.
19766 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19767 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19768 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19769 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19770
19771 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19772
19773 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19774 *Directory for mail buffers.
19775 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19776 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19777
19778 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19779
19780 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19781 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19782 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19783 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19784 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19785 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19786 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19787 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19788 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19789 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19790 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19791 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19792 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19793 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19794 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19795
19796 \(fn)" t nil)
19797
19798 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19799 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19800 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19801 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19802 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19803 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19804
19805 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19806 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19807 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19808
19809 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19810 User should not set this variable manually,
19811 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19812 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19813 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19814 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19815
19816 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19817 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19818 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19819 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19820
19821 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19822 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19823
19824 \\<mail-mode-map>
19825 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19826
19827 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19828 to move to message header fields:
19829 \\{mail-mode-map}
19830
19831 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19832 when the message is initialized.
19833
19834 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19835 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19836
19837 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19838 is inserted.
19839
19840 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19841 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19842
19843 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19844 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19845
19846 The second through fifth arguments,
19847 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19848 the initial contents of those header fields.
19849 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19850 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19851 original message being replied to, or else an action
19852 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19853 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19854 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19855 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19856 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19857 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19858
19859 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19860
19861 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19862 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19863
19864 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19865
19866 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19867 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19868
19869 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19870
19871 ;;;***
19872
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19874 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19876
19877 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19878 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19879 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19880 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19881 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19882 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19883
19884 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19885
19886 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19887
19888 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19889 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19890 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19892 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19893
19894 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19895
19896 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19897 Toggle Server mode.
19898 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19899 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19900 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19901
19902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19903
19904 ;;;***
19905
19906 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16213 43271))
19907 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19908
19909 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19910 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19911
19912 Key definitions:
19913 \\{ses-mode-map}
19914 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19915 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19916 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19917 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19918
19919 \(fn)" t nil)
19920
19921 ;;;***
19922
19923 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19924 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
19925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19926
19927 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19928 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19929 Makes > match <.
19930 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19931 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19932
19933 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19934 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19935 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19936
19937 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19938 your `.emacs' file.
19939
19940 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19941
19942 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19943 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19944 \\{sgml-mode-map}
19945
19946 \(fn)" t nil)
19947
19948 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19949
19950 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19951 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19952 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19953 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19954 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19955 which this is based.
19956
19957 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19958
19959 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19960 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19961 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19962 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19963
19964 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19965 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19966 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19967
19968 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19969 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19970 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19971 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19972
19973 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19974 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19975 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19976 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19977
19978 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19979
19980 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19981 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19982 To work around that, do:
19983 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19984
19985 \\{html-mode-map}
19986
19987 \(fn)" t nil)
19988
19989 ;;;***
19990
19991 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19992 ;;;;;; (16250 35355))
19993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19994
19995 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19996 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19997 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19998 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19999 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20000 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20001
20002 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20003 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20004 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20005 shell-specific features.
20006
20007 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20008 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20009 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20010
20011 \\[sh-case] case statement
20012 \\[sh-for] for loop
20013 \\[sh-function] function definition
20014 \\[sh-if] if statement
20015 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20016 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20017 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20018 \\[sh-select] select loop
20019 \\[sh-until] until loop
20020 \\[sh-while] while loop
20021
20022 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20023 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20024 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20025 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20026 would indent to the way it currently is.
20027 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20028 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20029
20030
20031 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20032 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20033 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20034 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20035 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20036 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20037
20038 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20039 {, (, [, ', \", `
20040 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20041
20042 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20043 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20044 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20045
20046 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20047 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20048
20049 \(fn)" t nil)
20050
20051 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20052
20053 ;;;***
20054
20055 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20056 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20058
20059 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20060 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20061
20062 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20063 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20064 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20065 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20066 the earlier.
20067
20068 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20069
20070 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20071
20072 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20073 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20074 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20075
20076 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20077 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20078
20079 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20080 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20081 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20082 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20083 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20084 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20085 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20086 emacs version).
20087
20088 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20089 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20090 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20091 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20092 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20093
20094 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20095 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20096 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20097
20098 \(fn)" t nil)
20099
20100 ;;;***
20101
20102 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20103 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16213
20104 ;;;;;; 43271))
20105 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20106
20107 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20108 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20109 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20110 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20111 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20112 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20113 in the cluster.
20114
20115 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20116
20117 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20118 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20119 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20120 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20121 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20122
20123 \(fn)" t nil)
20124
20125 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20126 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20127 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20128 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20129 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20130 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20131 `shadow-define-cluster').
20132
20133 \(fn)" t nil)
20134
20135 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20136 Set up file shadowing.
20137
20138 \(fn)" t nil)
20139
20140 ;;;***
20141
20142 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20143 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20144 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20145
20146 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20147 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20148 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20149 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20150 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20151 arguments.")
20152
20153 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20154
20155 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20156 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20157 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20158 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20159 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20160 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20161 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20162 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20163 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20164 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20165 discards input when it starts up.)
20166 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20167 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20168 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20169
20170 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20171 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20172 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20173 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20174 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20175 `default-process-coding-system'.
20176
20177 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20178 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20179 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20180 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20181
20182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20183
20184 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20185 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20186
20187 ;;;***
20188
20189 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16213
20190 ;;;;;; 43282))
20191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20192
20193 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20194 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20195 \\{simula-mode-map}
20196 Variables controlling indentation style:
20197 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20198 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20199 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20200 `simula-indent-level'
20201 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20202 `simula-substatement-offset'
20203 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20204 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20205 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20206 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20207 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20208 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20209 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20210 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20211 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20212 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20213 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20214 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20215 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20216 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20217 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20218 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20219 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20220 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20221 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20222 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20223 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20224 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20225 or nil if they should not be changed.
20226 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20227 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20228 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20229 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20230
20231 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20232 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20233
20234 \(fn)" t nil)
20235
20236 ;;;***
20237
20238 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20239 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16213 43271))
20240 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20241
20242 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20243 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20244
20245 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20246 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20247 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20248 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20249
20250 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20251
20252 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20253 Insert SKELETON.
20254 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20255 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20256 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20257 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20258 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20259
20260 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20261 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20262
20263 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20264
20265 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20266 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20267
20268 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20269 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20270 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20271 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20272
20273 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20274 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20275 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20276 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20277
20278 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20279 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20280 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20281
20282 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20283 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20284
20285 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20286 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20287
20288 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20289 _ interesting point, interregion here
20290 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20291 interesting point set by _
20292 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20293 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20294 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20295 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20296 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20297 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20298 nil skipped
20299
20300 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20301 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20302
20303 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20304 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20305 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20306 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20307 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20308 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20309 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20310 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20311
20312 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20313 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20314 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20315 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20316 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20317 available:
20318
20319 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20320 then: insert previously read string once more
20321 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20322 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20323 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20324
20325 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20326 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20327
20328 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20329
20330 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20331 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20332
20333 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20334 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20335 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20336 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20337 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20338 such as backslash.
20339
20340 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20341 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20342 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20343
20344 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20345
20346 ;;;***
20347
20348 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20349 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20351
20352 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20353 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20354 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20355 buffer names.
20356
20357 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20358
20359 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20360 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20361 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20362
20363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20364
20365 ;;;***
20366
20367 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20368 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20370
20371 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20372 Display textual smileys as images.
20373 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20374 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20375 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20376
20377 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20378
20379 ;;;***
20380
20381 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20382 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16247 63113))
20383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20384
20385 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20386 Not documented
20387
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20389
20390 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20391 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20392
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20394
20395 ;;;***
20396
20397 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16213 43281))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20399
20400 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20401 Play the Snake game.
20402 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20403
20404 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20405
20406 Snake mode keybindings:
20407 \\<snake-mode-map>
20408 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20409 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20410 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20411 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20412 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20413 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20414 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20415
20416 \(fn)" t nil)
20417
20418 ;;;***
20419
20420 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20421 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20423
20424 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20425 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20427 Tab indents for C code.
20428 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20430 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20431 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20432 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20433
20434 \(fn)" t nil)
20435
20436 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20437 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20438 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20439 Tab indents for C code.
20440 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20441 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20442 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20443 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20444 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20445
20446 \(fn)" t nil)
20447
20448 ;;;***
20449
20450 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20451 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20452 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16213 43272))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20454
20455 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20456 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20457
20458 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20459 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20460 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20461
20462 For example, the form
20463
20464 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20465 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20466
20467 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20468
20469 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20470
20471 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20472 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20473
20474 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20475 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20476 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20477 York City.
20478
20479 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20480
20481 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20482
20483 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20484 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20485
20486 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20487 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20488 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20489 York City.
20490
20491 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20492
20493 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20494
20495 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20496 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20497 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20498 pair.
20499
20500 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20501
20502 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20503
20504 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20505 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20506 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20507
20508 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20509 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20510
20511 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20512
20513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20514
20515 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20516 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20517 Requires floating point.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 ;;;***
20522
20523 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16213
20524 ;;;;;; 43281))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20526
20527 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20528 Play Solitaire.
20529
20530 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20531 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20532 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20533 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20534 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20535 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20536 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20537 check after each move or undo)
20538
20539 What is Solitaire?
20540
20541 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20542 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20543 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20544
20545 Le Solitaire
20546 ============
20547
20548 o o o
20549
20550 o o o
20551
20552 o o o o o o o
20553
20554 o o o . o o o
20555
20556 o o o o o o o
20557
20558 o o o
20559
20560 o o o
20561
20562 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20563 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20564 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20565 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20566
20567 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20568 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20569 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20570 this: o o .
20571
20572 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20573 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20574
20575 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20576
20577 o o o
20578
20579 . o o
20580
20581 o o . o o o o
20582
20583 o . o o o o o
20584
20585 o o o o o o o
20586
20587 o o o
20588
20589 o o o
20590
20591 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20592
20593 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20594
20595 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20596
20597 ;;;***
20598
20599 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20600 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20601 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16213 43271))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20603
20604 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20605 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20606
20607 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20608 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20609 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20610 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20611 contiguous.
20612
20613 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20614 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20615 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20616 the sort order.
20617
20618 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20619 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20620
20621 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20622 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20623 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20624 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20625 is called.
20626
20627 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20628 It should move point to the end of the record.
20629
20630 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20631 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20632 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20633 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20634 starts at the beginning of the record.
20635
20636 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20637 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20638 same as ENDRECFUN.
20639
20640 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20641 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20642
20643 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20644
20645 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20646 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20647 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20648 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20649 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20650 the sort order.
20651
20652 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20653
20654 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20655 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20656 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20657 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20658 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20659 the sort order.
20660
20661 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20662
20663 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20664 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20665 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20666 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20667 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20668 the sort order.
20669
20670 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20671
20672 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20673 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20674 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20675 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20676 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20677 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20678 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20679 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20680 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20681
20682 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20685 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20686 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20687 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20688 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20689 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20690 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20691 the sort order.
20692
20693 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20694
20695 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20696 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20697 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20698 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20699 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20700 is to be used for sorting.
20701 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20702 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20703 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20704 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20705 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20706
20707 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20708
20709 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20710 the sort order.
20711
20712 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20713 starting with the letter \"f\",
20714 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20715
20716 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20717
20718 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20719 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20720 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20721 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20722 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20723 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20724 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20725 the sort order.
20726
20727 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20728 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20729 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20730 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20731 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20732
20733 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20734
20735 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20736 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20737 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20738
20739 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20740
20741 ;;;***
20742
20743 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20744 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16213 43271))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20746
20747 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20748
20749 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20750 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20751 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20752 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20753 supported at a time.
20754 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20755 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20756
20757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20758
20759 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20760 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20761 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20762 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20763
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20765
20766 ;;;***
20767
20768 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20769 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16213 43284))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20771
20772 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20773
20774 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20775 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20776 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20777 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20778 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20779 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20780
20781 \(fn)" t nil)
20782
20783 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20784 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20785 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20786 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20787
20788 \(fn)" t nil)
20789
20790 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20791 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20792 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20793 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20794 for example, \"word\".
20795
20796 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20797
20798 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20799 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20800
20801 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20802
20803 ;;;***
20804
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16213
20806 ;;;;;; 43281))
20807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20808
20809 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20810 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20811
20812 \(fn)" t nil)
20813
20814 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20815 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20816
20817 \(fn)" nil nil)
20818
20819 ;;;***
20820
20821 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20822 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20823 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
20824 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16225
20825 ;;;;;; 38513))
20826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20827
20828 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
20829 Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
20830 for the specified `product'.
20831
20832 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
20833
20834 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20835 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20836
20837 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20838 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20839
20840 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20841
20842 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20843 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20844 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20845
20846 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20847
20848 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20849 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20850 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20851 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20852 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20853 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20854 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
20855 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20856 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20857
20858 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20859
20860 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20861 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20862 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20863 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20864
20865 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20866 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20867 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20868 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20869
20870 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20871 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20872 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20873
20874 \(fn)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20877 Major mode to edit SQL.
20878
20879 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20880 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20881 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20882
20883 \\{sql-mode-map}
20884 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20885
20886 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20887 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20888 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20889 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20890 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20891 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20892
20893 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20894 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20895
20896 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20897 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20898 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20899
20900 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20901 (lambda ()
20902 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20903
20904 \(fn)" t nil)
20905
20906 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
20907 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
20908
20909 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20910 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20911 `*SQL*'.
20912
20913 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20914
20915 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20918 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20919
20920 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20921 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20922 `*SQL*'.
20923
20924 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20925 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20926 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20927 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20928
20929 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20930 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20931
20932 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20933 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20934 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20935 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20936 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20937 `default-process-coding-system'.
20938
20939 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20940
20941 \(fn)" t nil)
20942
20943 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20944 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20945
20946 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20947 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20948 `*SQL*'.
20949
20950 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20951 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20952 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20953 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20954
20955 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20956 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20957
20958 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20959 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20960 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20961 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20962 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20963 `default-process-coding-system'.
20964
20965 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20966
20967 \(fn)" t nil)
20968
20969 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20970 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20971
20972 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20973 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20974 `*SQL*'.
20975
20976 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20977 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20978
20979 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20980 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20981
20982 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20983 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20984 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20985 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20986 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20987 `default-process-coding-system'.
20988
20989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20990
20991 \(fn)" t nil)
20992
20993 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20994 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20995
20996 SQLite is free software.
20997
20998 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20999 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21000 `*SQL*'.
21001
21002 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21003 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21004 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21005 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21006
21007 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21008 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21009
21010 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21011 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21012 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21013 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21014 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21015 `default-process-coding-system'.
21016
21017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21018
21019 \(fn)" t nil)
21020
21021 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21022 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21023
21024 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21025
21026 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21027 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21028 `*SQL*'.
21029
21030 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21031 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21032 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21033 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21034
21035 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21036 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21037
21038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21040 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21043 `default-process-coding-system'.
21044
21045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21046
21047 \(fn)" t nil)
21048
21049 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21050 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21051
21052 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21053 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21054 `*SQL*'.
21055
21056 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21057 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21058 defaults, if set.
21059
21060 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21061 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21062
21063 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21064 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21065 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21066 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21067 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21068 `default-process-coding-system'.
21069
21070 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21071
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21073
21074 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21075 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21076
21077 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21078 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21079 `*SQL*'.
21080
21081 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21082 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21083
21084 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21085 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21086
21087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21089 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21092 `default-process-coding-system'.
21093
21094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21095
21096 \(fn)" t nil)
21097
21098 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21099 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21100
21101 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21102 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21103 `*SQL*'.
21104
21105 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21106 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21107 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21108 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21109
21110 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21111 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21112
21113 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21114 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21115 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21116 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21117 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21118 `default-process-coding-system'.
21119
21120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21121
21122 \(fn)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21125 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21126
21127 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21128 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21129 `*SQL*'.
21130
21131 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21132 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21133 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21134 `sql-postgres-options'.
21135
21136 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21137 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21138
21139 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21140 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21141 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21142 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21143 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21144 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21145 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21146 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21147
21148 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21149 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21150
21151 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21152
21153 \(fn)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21156 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21157
21158 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21159 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21160 `*SQL*'.
21161
21162 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21163 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21164 defaults, if set.
21165
21166 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21167 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21168
21169 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21170 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21171 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21172 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21173 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21174 `default-process-coding-system'.
21175
21176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21177
21178 \(fn)" t nil)
21179
21180 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21181 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21182
21183 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21184 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21185 `*SQL*'.
21186
21187 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21188 automatic login.
21189
21190 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21191 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21192
21193 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21194 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21195 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21196 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21197
21198 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21199 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21200 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21201 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21202 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21203 `default-process-coding-system'.
21204
21205 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21206
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21210 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21211
21212 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21213 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21214 `*SQL*'.
21215
21216 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21217 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21218 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21219 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21220 parameters.
21221
21222 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21223 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21224 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21225 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21226 an empty password.
21227
21228 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21229 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21230
21231 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21232
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21234
21235 ;;;***
21236
21237 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21238 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21239 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21240 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21241 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16213
21242 ;;;;;; 43271))
21243 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21244
21245 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21246 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21247 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21248 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21249 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21250 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21251
21252 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21255 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21256 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21257 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21258 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21259 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21260 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21261
21262 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21263
21264 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21265 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21266 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21267 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21268 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21269 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21270 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21271
21272 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21273
21274 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21275 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21276 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21277
21278 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21279
21280 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21281 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21282 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21283
21284 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21287 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21288
21289 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21292 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21293
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21297 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21298
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21302 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21303 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21304 chronologically by command name.
21305 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21306
21307 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21308
21309 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21310 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21311 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21313 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21314
21315 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21316
21317 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21318 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21319 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21320 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21321 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21322 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21323 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21324
21325 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21326 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21327 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21328 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21329
21330 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21331
21332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21335 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21336 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21337 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21338
21339 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21342 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 ;;;***
21347
21348 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21349 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21351
21352 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21353 Studlify-case the region.
21354
21355 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21358 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21359
21360 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21363 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 ;;;***
21368
21369 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21370 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
21371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21372
21373 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21374 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21375 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21376 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21377 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21378 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21379 original message but it does require a few things:
21380
21381 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21382
21383 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21384 reply buffer.
21385
21386 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21387 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21388 original message.
21389
21390 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21391
21392 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21393
21394 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21395 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21396 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21397
21398 \(fn)" nil nil)
21399
21400 ;;;***
21401
21402 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16213
21403 ;;;;;; 43273))
21404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21405
21406 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21407 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21408 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21409 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21410 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21411
21412 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21413
21414 ;;;***
21415
21416 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16213 43271))
21417 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21418
21419 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21420 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21421 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21422 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21423 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21424
21425 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21428 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21429 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21430 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21431 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21432 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21433 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21434
21435 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21436
21437 ;;;***
21438
21439 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21440 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21441 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21442 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21443 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21444 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21445 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21446 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21447 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21448 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21449 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21450 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21451 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16213 43284))
21452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21453
21454 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21455 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21456 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21457
21458 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21459
21460 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21461 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21462
21463 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21464
21465 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21466 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21467
21468 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21469
21470 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21471 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21472
21473 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21474
21475 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21476 Insert an editable text table.
21477 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21478 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21479 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21480 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21481 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21482 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21483 delimiting them.
21484
21485 Examples:
21486
21487 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21488
21489 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21490 location of point.
21491
21492 -!-
21493
21494 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21495 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21496 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21497 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21498 first cell.
21499
21500 +-----+-----+-----+
21501 |-!- | | |
21502 +-----+-----+-----+
21503
21504 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21505
21506 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21507 width, which results as
21508
21509 +--------------+-----+-----+
21510 |-!- | | |
21511 +--------------+-----+-----+
21512
21513 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21514 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21515
21516 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21517 | | |-!- |
21518 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21519
21520 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21521 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21522 width information to `table-insert'.
21523
21524 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21525
21526 instead of
21527
21528 Cell width(s): 5
21529
21530 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21531 work all together.
21532
21533 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21534 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21535
21536 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21537 |-!- | | |
21538 | | | |
21539 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21540
21541 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21542
21543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21544 |-!- | | |
21545 | | | |
21546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21547 | | | |
21548 | | | |
21549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21550
21551 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21552
21553 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21554 | | | |
21555 | | | |
21556 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21557 | | | |
21558 | | | |
21559 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21560 -!-
21561
21562 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21563 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21564 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21565
21566 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21567 | | | |
21568 | | | |
21569 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21570 | | | |
21571 | | | |
21572 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21573 |-!- | | |
21574 | | | |
21575 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21576
21577 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21578 results.
21579
21580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21581 | | | |
21582 | | | |
21583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21584 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21585 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21586 | | |expected results.-!- |
21587 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21588 | | | |
21589 | | | |
21590 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21591
21592 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21593
21594 \\{table-cell-map}
21595
21596 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21597
21598 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21599 Insert N table row(s).
21600 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21601 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21602 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21603 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21604
21605 \(fn N)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21608 Insert N table column(s).
21609 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21610 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21611 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21612 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21613
21614 \(fn N)" t nil)
21615
21616 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21617 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21618 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21619
21620 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21623 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21624 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21625 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21626 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21627 all the table specific features.
21628
21629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21630
21631 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21632 Not documented
21633
21634 \(fn)" t nil)
21635
21636 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21637 Recognize all tables within region.
21638 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21639 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21640 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21641 specific features.
21642
21643 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21644
21645 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21646 Not documented
21647
21648 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21649
21650 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21651 Recognize a table at point.
21652 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21653 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21654 the table specific features.
21655
21656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21657
21658 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21659 Not documented
21660
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21664 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21665 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21666 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21667 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21668 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21669 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21670
21671 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21672
21673 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21674 Not documented
21675
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21677
21678 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21679 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21680 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21681 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21682 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21683 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21684 specified.
21685
21686 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21687
21688 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21689 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21690 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21691 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21692 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21693 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21694 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21695 table structure.
21696
21697 \(fn N)" t nil)
21698
21699 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21700 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21701 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21702 table's rectangle structure.
21703
21704 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21705
21706 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21707 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21708 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21709 table's rectangle structure.
21710
21711 \(fn N)" t nil)
21712
21713 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21714 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21715 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21716 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21717 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21718
21719 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21720
21721 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21722 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21723 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21724
21725 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21726 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21727 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21728 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21729 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21730 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21731 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21732
21733 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21734 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21735 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21736 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21737 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21738 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21739 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21740
21741 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21742 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21743 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21744 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21745 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21746 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21747 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21748 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21749
21750 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21753 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21754 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21755 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21756
21757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21760 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21761 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21762
21763 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21764
21765 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21766 Split current cell vertically.
21767 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21768
21769 \(fn)" t nil)
21770
21771 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21772 Split current cell horizontally.
21773 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21774
21775 \(fn)" t nil)
21776
21777 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21778 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21779 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21780
21781 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21782
21783 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21784 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21785 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21786 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21787
21788 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21789
21790 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21791 Justify cell contents.
21792 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21793 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21794 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21795 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21796
21797 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21798
21799 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21800 Justify cells of a row.
21801 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21802 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21803
21804 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21805
21806 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21807 Justify cells of a column.
21808 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21809 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21810
21811 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21814 Toggle fixing width mode.
21815 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21816 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21817 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21818
21819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21822 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21823 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21824 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21825 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21826 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21827 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21828 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21829 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21830 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21831 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21832
21833 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21834
21835 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21836 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21837 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21838 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21839 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21840 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21841 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21842 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21843 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21844 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21845 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21846 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21847 untouched.
21848
21849 References used for this implementation:
21850
21851 HTML:
21852 http://www.w3.org
21853
21854 LaTeX:
21855 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21856
21857 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21858 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21859 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21860
21861 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21862
21863 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21864 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21865 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21866 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21867 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21868 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21869 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21870 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21871 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21872 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21873 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21874 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21875 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21876 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21877 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21878 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21879 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21880
21881 Example:
21882
21883 (progn
21884 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21885 (table-forward-cell 15)
21886 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21887 (table-forward-cell 16)
21888 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21889 (table-forward-cell 1)
21890 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21891
21892 (progn
21893 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21894 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21895 (table-forward-cell 1)
21896 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21897
21898 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21899
21900 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21901 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21902 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21903 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21904 consists from cells of same height.
21905
21906 \(fn N)" t nil)
21907
21908 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21909 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21910 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21911 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21912 column must consists from cells of same width.
21913
21914 \(fn N)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21917 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21918 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21919 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21920 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21921 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21922 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21923 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21924 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21925 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21926 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21927 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21928 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21929 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21930 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21931
21932
21933 Example 1:
21934
21935 1, 2, 3, 4
21936 5, 6, 7, 8
21937 , 9, 10
21938
21939 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21940 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21941 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21942 specified as 5.
21943
21944 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21945 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21946 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21947 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21948 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21949 | | 9 | 10 | |
21950 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21951
21952 Note:
21953
21954 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21955 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21956 of each row is optional.
21957
21958
21959 Example 2:
21960
21961 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21962 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21963 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21964 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21965 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21966
21967 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21968 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21969
21970 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21971 expression and raw delimiter regular
21972 expression, it parses the specified text
21973 area and extracts cell items from
21974 non-table text and then forms a table out
21975 of them.
21976
21977 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21978 creates a single cell table. The text in
21979 the specified region is placed in that
21980 cell.-*-
21981
21982 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21983 like this.
21984
21985 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21986 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21987 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21988 | |
21989 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21990 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21991 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21992 | area and extracts cell items from |
21993 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21994 | of them. |
21995 | |
21996 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21997 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21998 | the specified region is placed in that |
21999 | cell. |
22000 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22001
22002 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22003 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22004 independently.
22005
22006 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22007 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22008 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22009 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22010 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22011 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22012 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
22013 | |area and extracts cell items from |
22014 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22015 | |of them. |
22016 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22017 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22018 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22019 | |the specified region is placed in that |
22020 | |cell. |
22021 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22022
22023 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22024 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22025 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22026
22027 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22028
22029 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22030 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22031 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22032 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22033 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22034
22035 \(fn)" t nil)
22036
22037 ;;;***
22038
22039 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16213 43271))
22040 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22041
22042 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22043 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22044
22045 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22046
22047 ;;;***
22048
22049 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16213 43271))
22050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22051
22052 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22053 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
22056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22058 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22059
22060 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22061 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22062 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22063 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22064
22065 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22066 \\{tar-mode-map}
22067
22068 \(fn)" t nil)
22069
22070 ;;;***
22071
22072 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22073 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16213 43282))
22074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22075
22076 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22077 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22078 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22079 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22080 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22081 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22082
22083 Variables controlling indentation style:
22084 `tcl-indent-level'
22085 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22086 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22087 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22088
22089 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22090 documentation for details):
22091 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22092 Controls action of TAB key.
22093 `tcl-auto-newline'
22094 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22095 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22096 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22097 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22098 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22099
22100 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22101 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22102 already exist.
22103
22104 Commands:
22105 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22106
22107 \(fn)" t nil)
22108
22109 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22110 Run inferior Tcl process.
22111 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22112 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22113
22114 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22115
22116 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22117 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22118 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22119
22120 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22121
22122 ;;;***
22123
22124 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16213 43280))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22126 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22127
22128 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22129 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22130 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22131 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22132 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22133 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22134 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22135
22136 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22137 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22138
22139 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22140 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22141 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22142 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22143
22144 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22145
22146 ;;;***
22147
22148 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16213
22149 ;;;;;; 43271))
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22151
22152 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22153 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22154 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22155 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22156 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22157 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22158
22159 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22160
22161 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22162 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22163 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22164 commands to use in that buffer.
22165
22166 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22167
22168 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22169
22170 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22171 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22172
22173 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22174
22175 ;;;***
22176
22177 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16213
22178 ;;;;;; 43271))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22180
22181 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22182 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22183 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22184 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22185 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22186 program as keyboard input.
22187
22188 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22189 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22190 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22191 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22192
22193 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22194 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22195 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22196 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22197 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22198
22199 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22200
22201 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22202 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22203 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22204 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22205
22206 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22207 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22208 subprocess started.
22209
22210 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22211
22212 ;;;***
22213
22214 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22215 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16213 43273))
22216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22217
22218 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22219 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22220 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22221 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22222 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22223
22224 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22225
22226 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22227 Start coverage on function under point.
22228
22229 \(fn)" t nil)
22230
22231 ;;;***
22232
22233 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16213 43281))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22235
22236 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22237 Play the Tetris game.
22238 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22239 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22240 as to form complete rows.
22241
22242 tetris-mode keybindings:
22243 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22244 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22245 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22246 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22247 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22248 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22249 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22250 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22251 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 ;;;***
22256
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22258 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22259 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22260 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22261 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22262 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22263 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22264 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22266
22267 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22268 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22269
22270 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22271
22272 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22273 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22274 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22275 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22276 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22277
22278 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22279
22280 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22281 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22282 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22283 if it matches the first line of the file,
22284 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22285
22286 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22287
22288 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22289 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22290 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22291 if the variable is non-nil.")
22292
22293 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22294
22295 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22296 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22297
22298 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22299
22300 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22301 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22302 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22303 See the documentation of that variable.")
22304
22305 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22306
22307 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22308 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22309 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22310 See the documentation of that variable.")
22311
22312 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22313
22314 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22315 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22316 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22317 See the documentation of that variable.")
22318
22319 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22320
22321 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22322 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22323 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22324 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22325 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22326
22327 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22328
22329 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22330 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22331 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22332 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22333
22334 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22335
22336 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22337 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22338 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22339
22340 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22341
22342 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22343 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22344 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22345 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22346
22347 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22348
22349 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22350 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22351 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22352 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22353
22354 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22355
22356 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22357 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22358 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22359 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22360
22361 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22362 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22363 for example,
22364
22365 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22366 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22367
22368 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22369 use.")
22370
22371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22372
22373 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22374 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22375 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22378
22379 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22380
22381 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22382
22383 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22384 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22385 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22386
22387 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22388
22389 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22390 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22391 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22392 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22393 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22394
22395 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22396
22397 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22398 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22399
22400 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22401
22402 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22403 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22404
22405 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22406
22407 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22408 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22409 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22410 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22411 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22412 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22413 says which mode to use.
22414
22415 \(fn)" t nil)
22416
22417 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22418
22419 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22420
22421 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22422
22423 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22424 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22425 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22426 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22427 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22428
22429 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22430 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22431 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22432 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22433 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22434 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22435 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22436
22437 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22438 mismatched $'s or braces.
22439
22440 Special commands:
22441 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22442
22443 Mode variables:
22444 tex-run-command
22445 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22446 tex-directory
22447 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22448 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22449 tex-dvi-print-command
22450 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22451 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22452 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22453 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22454 tex-dvi-view-command
22455 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22456 tex-show-queue-command
22457 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22458 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22459
22460 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22461 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22462 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22463
22464 \(fn)" t nil)
22465
22466 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22467 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22468 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22469 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22470 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22471
22472 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22473 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22474 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22475 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22476 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22477 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22478 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22479
22480 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22481 mismatched $'s or braces.
22482
22483 Special commands:
22484 \\{latex-mode-map}
22485
22486 Mode variables:
22487 latex-run-command
22488 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22489 tex-directory
22490 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22491 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22492 tex-dvi-print-command
22493 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22494 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22495 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22496 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22497 tex-dvi-view-command
22498 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22499 tex-show-queue-command
22500 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22501 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22502
22503 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22504 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22505 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22506
22507 \(fn)" t nil)
22508
22509 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22510 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22511 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22512 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22513 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22514
22515 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22516 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22517 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22518 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22519 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22520 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22521 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22522
22523 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22524 mismatched $'s or braces.
22525
22526 Special commands:
22527 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22528
22529 Mode variables:
22530 slitex-run-command
22531 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22532 tex-directory
22533 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22534 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22535 tex-dvi-print-command
22536 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22537 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22538 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22539 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22540 tex-dvi-view-command
22541 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22542 tex-show-queue-command
22543 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22544 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22545
22546 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22547 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22548 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22549 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22550
22551 \(fn)" t nil)
22552
22553 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22554 Not documented
22555
22556 \(fn)" nil nil)
22557
22558 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22559 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22560
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22562
22563 ;;;***
22564
22565 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22566 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16213 43284))
22567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22568
22569 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22570 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22571 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22572 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22573
22574 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22575 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22576 Info-split to do these manually.
22577
22578 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22579
22580 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22581 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22582 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22583 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22584 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22585
22586 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22587
22588 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22589 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22590 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22591 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22592
22593 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22594 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22595 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22596 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22597
22598 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22599 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22600
22601 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22602
22603 ;;;***
22604
22605 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22606 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16213 43284))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22608
22609 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22610 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22611
22612 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22613
22614 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22615 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22616
22617 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22618
22619 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22620 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22621
22622 It has these extra commands:
22623 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22624
22625 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22626 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22627 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22628 modified version of TeX input format.
22629
22630 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22631 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22632 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22633 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22634
22635 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22636 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22637 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22638 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22639 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22640 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22641 in the Texinfo file.
22642
22643 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22644 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22645 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22646 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22647 move forward past the closing brace.
22648
22649 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22650 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22651
22652 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22653 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22654 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22655
22656 Here are the functions:
22657
22658 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22659 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22660 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22661
22662 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22663 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22664 texinfo-master-menu
22665
22666 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22667
22668 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22669 which menu descriptions are indented.
22670
22671 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22672 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22673 in the region.
22674
22675 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22676 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22677 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22678 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22679
22680 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22681 be the first node in the file.
22682
22683 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22684 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22685
22686 \(fn)" t nil)
22687
22688 ;;;***
22689
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22691 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22692 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16213 43280))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22694
22695 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22696 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22697 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22698 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22699
22700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22701
22702 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22703 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22704
22705 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22706
22707 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22708 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22709
22710 \(fn)" t nil)
22711
22712 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22713 Not documented
22714
22715 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22716
22717 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22718 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22719 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22720 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22721 to compose.
22722
22723 The return value is number of composed characters.
22724
22725 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22726
22727 ;;;***
22728
22729 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22730 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22731 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16213 43271))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22733
22734 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22735 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22736
22737 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22738
22739 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22740 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22741 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22742 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22743 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22744
22745 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22746 a symbol as a valid THING.
22747
22748 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22749 of the textual entity that was found.
22750
22751 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22752
22753 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22754 Return the THING at point.
22755 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22756 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22757 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22758
22759 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22760 a symbol as a valid THING.
22761
22762 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22763
22764 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22765 Not documented
22766
22767 \(fn)" nil nil)
22768
22769 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22770 Not documented
22771
22772 \(fn)" nil nil)
22773
22774 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22775 Not documented
22776
22777 \(fn)" nil nil)
22778
22779 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22780 Not documented
22781
22782 \(fn)" nil nil)
22783
22784 ;;;***
22785
22786 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22787 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22788 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22789 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22790 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22791 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16213 43280))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22793
22794 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22795 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22796 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22797
22798 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22799
22800 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22801 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22802
22803 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22804
22805 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22806 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22807 The returned string has no composition information.
22808
22809 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22810
22811 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22812 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22813
22814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22815
22816 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22817 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22818
22819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22820
22821 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22822 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22823 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22824 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22825
22826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22827
22828 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22829 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22830 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22831 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22832
22833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22834
22835 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22836 Not documented
22837
22838 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22839
22840 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22841 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22842 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22843
22844 \(fn)" t nil)
22845
22846 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22847 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22848 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22849
22850 \(fn)" t nil)
22851
22852 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22853 Not documented
22854
22855 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22856
22857 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22858 Not documented
22859
22860 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22861
22862 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22863 Not documented
22864
22865 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22866
22867 ;;;***
22868
22869 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22870 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
22871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22872
22873 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22874 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22875 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22876 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22877 parameters.
22878 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22879
22880 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22881
22882 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22883 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22884 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22885 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22886 parameters.
22887 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22888
22889 \(fn)" t nil)
22890
22891 ;;;***
22892
22893 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22894 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16213 43271))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22896
22897 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22898 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22899
22900 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22901
22902 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22903 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22904 This display updates automatically every minute.
22905 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22906 are displayed as well.
22907 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22908
22909 \(fn)" t nil)
22910
22911 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22912 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22913 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22915 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22916
22917 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22918
22919 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22920 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22921 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22922
22923 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22924 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22925 are displayed as well.
22926 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22927
22928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22929
22930 ;;;***
22931
22932 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22933 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22934 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22935 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16213 43272))
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22937
22938 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22939 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22940
22941 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22942
22943 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22944 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22945
22946 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22947
22948 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22949 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22950
22951 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22952
22953 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22954 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22955
22956 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22957
22958 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22959 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22960 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22961
22962 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22963
22964 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22965
22966 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22967 Subtract two time values.
22968 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22969
22970 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22971
22972 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22973 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22974
22975 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22976
22977 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22978 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22979 DATE should be a date-time string.
22980
22981 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22982
22983 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22984 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22985 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22986
22987 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22988
22989 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22990 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22991
22992 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22993
22994 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22995 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22996
22997 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22998
22999 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23000 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23001 TIME should be a time value.
23002 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23003
23004 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23005
23006 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23007 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23008 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23009
23010 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23011
23012 ;;;***
23013
23014 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23015 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16213 43271))
23016 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23017
23018 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23019 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23020 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23021 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23022 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23023 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23024 look like one of the following:
23025 Time-stamp: <>
23026 Time-stamp: \" \"
23027 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23028 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23029 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23030 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23031 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23032 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23033 template.
23034
23035 \(fn)" t nil)
23036
23037 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23038 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23039 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23040
23041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23042
23043 ;;;***
23044
23045 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23046 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23047 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23048 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23051
23052 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23053 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23054 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23055 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23056 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23057 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23058 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23059 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23060 display (non-nil means on).
23061
23062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23063
23064 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23065 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23066 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23067 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23068 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23069 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23070 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23071 this function is called within a day.
23072
23073 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23074 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23075 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23076 discover the name of the project.
23077
23078 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23079
23080 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23081 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23082 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23083 begun during the last time segment.
23084
23085 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23086 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23087 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23088 discover the reason.
23089
23090 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23091
23092 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23093 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23094 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23095 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23096 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23097
23098 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23099
23100 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23101 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23102 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23103 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23104 project you were working on.
23105
23106 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23107
23108 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23109 Ask the user before clocking out.
23110 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23111
23112 \(fn)" nil nil)
23113
23114 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23115 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23116 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23117
23118 \(fn)" t nil)
23119
23120 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23121 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23122 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23123 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23124 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23125 \"relative to today\".
23126
23127 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23128
23129 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23130 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23131 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23132 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23133
23134 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23135
23136 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23137 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23138 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23139 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23140 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23141 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23142
23143 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23144
23145 ;;;***
23146
23147 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23148 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16213 43273))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23151
23152 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23153
23154 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23155 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23156
23157 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23158
23159 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23160 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23161
23162 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23163
23164 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23165 Perform an action at time TIME.
23166 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23167 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23168 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23169 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23170 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23171 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23172
23173 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23174
23175 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23176
23177 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23178 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23179 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23180 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23181 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23182
23183 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23184
23185 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23186
23187 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23188 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23189 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23190 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23191
23192 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23193
23194 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23195 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23196 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23197 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23198
23199 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23200 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23201
23202 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23203
23204 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23205 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23206
23207 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23208 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23209 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23210 The call should look like:
23211 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23212 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23213 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23214 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23215 be detected.
23216
23217 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23218
23219 ;;;***
23220
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23222 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16213 43280))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23224
23225 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23226 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23227 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23228 the generated Quail package is saved.
23229
23230 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23231
23232 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23233 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23234 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23235 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23236 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23237 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23238 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23239
23240 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23241
23242 ;;;***
23243
23244 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23245 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16233
23246 ;;;;;; 29568))
23247 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23248
23249 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23250 Not documented
23251
23252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23253
23254 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23255 Not documented
23256
23257 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23258
23259 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23260 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23261 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23262 PATTERN regexp.
23263
23264 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23265
23266 ;;;***
23267
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23269 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16213 43271))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23271 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23272 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23273 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23274
23275 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23276 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23277 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23278 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23279 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23280
23281 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23282
23283 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23284 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23285 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23286 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23287 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23288
23289 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23290
23291 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23292 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23293 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23294 in the menu in two ways:
23295 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23296 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23297 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23298
23299 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23300 keymap or an alist of alists.
23301 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23302 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23303
23304 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23305
23306 ;;;***
23307
23308 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23309 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23310 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16213 43272))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23312
23313 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23314 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23315
23316 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23317
23318 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23319 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23320
23321 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23322
23323 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23324 Insert new TODO list entry.
23325 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23326 category.
23327
23328 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23329
23330 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23331 List top priorities for each category.
23332
23333 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23334 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23335
23336 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23337 between each category.
23338
23339 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23340
23341 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23342 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23343 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23344 between each category.
23345
23346 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23347
23348 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23349
23350 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23351 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23352
23353 \\{todo-mode-map}
23354
23355 \(fn)" t nil)
23356
23357 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23358 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23359
23360 \(fn)" nil nil)
23361
23362 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23363 Show TODO list.
23364
23365 \(fn)" t nil)
23366
23367 ;;;***
23368
23369 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23370 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23371 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16213 43286))
23372 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23373
23374 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23375 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23376 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23378 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23379
23380 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23381
23382 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23383 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23384 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23385
23386 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23387 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23388
23389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23390
23391 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23392
23393 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23394 Add an item to the tool bar.
23395 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23396 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23397 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23398 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23399
23400 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23401 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23402 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23403
23404 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23405 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23406
23407 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23408
23409 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23410 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23411 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23412 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23413 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23414 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23415
23416 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23417 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23418 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23419
23420 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23421
23422 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23423 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23424 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23425 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23426 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23427 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23428 properties to add to the binding.
23429
23430 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23431
23432 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23433 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23434
23435 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23436
23437 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23438 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23439 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23440 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23441 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23442 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23443 properties to add to the binding.
23444
23445 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23446
23447 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23448
23449 ;;;***
23450
23451 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23452 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
23453 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23454
23455 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23456 Mode for tooltip display.
23457 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23458
23459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23460
23461 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23462 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23464 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23465
23466 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23467
23468 ;;;***
23469
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16213
23471 ;;;;;; 43273))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23473
23474 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23475
23476 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23477
23478 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23479 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23480
23481 \(fn)" t nil)
23482
23483 ;;;***
23484
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23486 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16213 43273))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23488
23489 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23490 Set scroll margins.
23491
23492 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23493
23494 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23495 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23496
23497 \(fn)" t nil)
23498
23499 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23500 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23501
23502 \(fn)" t nil)
23503
23504 ;;;***
23505
23506 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16227 13384))
23507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23508
23509 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23510 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23511 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23512 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23513 to a tcp server on another machine.
23514
23515 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23516
23517 ;;;***
23518
23519 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23520 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16213 43273))
23521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23522
23523 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23524 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23525
23526 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23527
23528 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23529 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23530 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23531 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23532 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23533 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23534 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23535 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23536
23537 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23538
23539 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23540 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23541 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23542 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23543 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23544 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23545 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23546
23547 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23548
23549 ;;;***
23550
23551 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23552 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23553 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16213 43280))
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23555
23556 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23557 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23558 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23559
23560 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23561 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23562 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23563 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23564
23565 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23566 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23567 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23568 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23569
23570 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23571 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23572 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23573 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23574 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23575 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23576 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23577 files which are not really tramp files.
23578
23579 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23580 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23581 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23582 updated after changing this variable.
23583
23584 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23585
23586 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23587
23588 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23589 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23590 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23591 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23592
23593 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23594 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23595 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23596 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23597
23598 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23599 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23600 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23601
23602 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23603 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23604 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23605 updated after changing this variable.
23606
23607 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23608
23609 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23610
23611 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23612 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23613 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23614
23615 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23616
23617 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23618
23619 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23620 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23621 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23622
23623 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23624
23625 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23626
23627 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23628
23629 ;;;***
23630
23631 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16213 43285))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23634 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23635 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23636 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23637
23638 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23639 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23640 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23641 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23642 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23643 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23644 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23645
23646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23647
23648 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23649 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23650 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23651 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23652
23653 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23654
23655 \(fn)" t nil)
23656
23657 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23658 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23659 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23660 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23661 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23662 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23663 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23664
23665 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23666 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23667
23668 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23669 \\___/\\
23670 / \\
23671 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23672
23673 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23674
23675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23676
23677 ;;;***
23678
23679 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23680 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23681 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23682 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16213 43271))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23684
23685 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23686 Toggle typing break mode.
23687 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23689 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23690
23691 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23692
23693 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23694 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23695
23696 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23697
23698 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23699 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23700
23701 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23702 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23703 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23704
23705 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23706 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23707
23708 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23709
23710 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23711 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23712 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23713
23714 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23715 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23716 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23717 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23718 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23719 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23720
23721 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23722 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23723 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23724 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23725
23726 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23727 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23728
23729 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23730 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23731
23732 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23733
23734 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23735 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23736 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23737
23738 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23739 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23740 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23741 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23742 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23743 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23744 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23745
23746 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23747 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23748
23749 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23750 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23751 reset the keystroke counter.
23752
23753 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23754 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23755 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23756 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23757
23758 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23759 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23760 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23761 `type-break-schedule' command.
23762
23763 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23764 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23765 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23766 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23767 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23768 or not to continue.
23769
23770 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23771 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23772 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23773 approximate good values for this.
23774
23775 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23776 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23777
23778 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23779 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23780 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23781 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23782 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23783 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23784
23785 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23786 a typing break occur. They include:
23787
23788 `type-break-query-mode'
23789 `type-break-query-function'
23790 `type-break-query-interval'
23791
23792 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23793
23794 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23795
23796 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23797 Take a typing break.
23798
23799 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23800 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23801
23802 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23803 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23804
23805 \(fn)" t nil)
23806
23807 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23808 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23809 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23810 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23811
23812 \(fn)" t nil)
23813
23814 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23815 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23816
23817 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23818 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23819 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23820 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23821 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23822 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23823 average typing speed.)
23824
23825 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23826 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23827 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23828 the computed maximum threshold.
23829
23830 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23831 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23832 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23833 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23834 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23835
23836 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23837
23838 ;;;***
23839
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23841 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16213 43286))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23843
23844 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23845 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23846 Works by overstriking underscores.
23847 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23848 which specify the range to operate on.
23849
23850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23851
23852 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23853 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23854 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23855 which specify the range to operate on.
23856
23857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23858
23859 ;;;***
23860
23861 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23862 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16213 43280))
23863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23864
23865 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23866 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23867 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23868
23869 \(fn)" t nil)
23870
23871 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23872 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23873 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23874 following the containing message.
23875
23876 \(fn)" t nil)
23877
23878 ;;;***
23879
23880 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23883
23884 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23885 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23886 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23887 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23888 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23889 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23890
23891 \(fn)" nil nil)
23892
23893 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23894 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23895
23896 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23897
23898 ;;;***
23899
23900 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16213
23901 ;;;;;; 43273))
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23903
23904 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23905 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23906 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23907 of symbols with local bindings.
23908
23909 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23910
23911 ;;;***
23912
23913 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23914 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16213 43271))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23916
23917 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23918 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23919 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23920 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23921 to refrain from editing the file
23922 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23923 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23924 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23925 in any way you like.
23926
23927 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23928
23929 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23930 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23931 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23932 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23933 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23934
23935 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23936 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23937
23938 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23939
23940 ;;;***
23941
23942 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23943 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16213 43274))
23944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23945
23946 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23947 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23948 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23949 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23950
23951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23952
23953 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23954 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23955 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23956
23957 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23958
23959 ;;;***
23960
23961 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23962 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23963 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23964 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23965 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23966 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23967 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16213 43271))
23968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23969
23970 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23971 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23972 See `run-hooks'.")
23973
23974 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23975
23976 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23977 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23978 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23981
23982 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23983 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23984 See `run-hooks'.")
23985
23986 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23987
23988 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23989 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23990
23991 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23992
23993 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23994 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23995 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23996 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23997 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23998 somebody else, signal error.
23999
24000 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24001
24002 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24003 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24004 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24005 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24006 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24007
24008 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24009
24010 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24011 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24012 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24013 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24014 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24015 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24016 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24017 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24018 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24019 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24020 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24021
24022 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24023
24024 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24025 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24026
24027 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24028 it will operate on the file in the current line.
24029
24030 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24031 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24032 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24033 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24034 lock steals will raise an error.
24035
24036 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24037
24038 For RCS and SCCS files:
24039 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24040 control.
24041 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24042 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24043 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24044 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24045 it performs a revert.
24046 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24047 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24048 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24049 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24050 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24051 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24052 the option to steal the lock.
24053
24054 For CVS files:
24055 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24056 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24057 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24058 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24059 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24060 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24061 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24062 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24063 merge in the changes into your working copy.
24064
24065 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24066
24067 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24068 Register the current file into a version control system.
24069 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24070 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24071
24072 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24073 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24074 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24075 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24076 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24077 first backend that could register the file is used.
24078
24079 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24080
24081 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24082 Display diffs between file versions.
24083 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24084 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24085 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24086 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24087 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24088 saving the buffer.
24089
24090 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24091
24092 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24093 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24094 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24095 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24096
24097 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24098
24099 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24100 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24101 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24102 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24103
24104 \(fn)" t nil)
24105
24106 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24107 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24108 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24109 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24110 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24111 from the current branch.
24112
24113 See Info node `Merging'.
24114
24115 \(fn)" t nil)
24116
24117 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24118
24119 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24120 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24121
24122 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24123
24124 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24125 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24126
24127 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24128
24129 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24130 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24131 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24132 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24133 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24134 are checked out in that new branch.
24135
24136 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24137
24138 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24139 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24140 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24141 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24142 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24143 allowed and simply skipped).
24144
24145 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24146
24147 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24148 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24149
24150 \(fn)" t nil)
24151
24152 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24153 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24154 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24155 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24156 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24157
24158 \(fn)" t nil)
24159
24160 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24161 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24162 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24163 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24164 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24165 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24166
24167 \(fn)" t nil)
24168
24169 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24170 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24171 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24172
24173 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24174
24175 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24176 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24177 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24178 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24179 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24180 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24181 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24182
24183 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24184
24185 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24186 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24187 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24188 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24189 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24190 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24191 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24192 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24193 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24194
24195 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24196
24197 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24198 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24199
24200 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24201
24202 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24203 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24204 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24205 directory.
24206
24207 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24208
24209 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24210 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24211 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24212
24213 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24214 log entries should be gathered.
24215
24216 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24217
24218 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24219 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24220
24221 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24222 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24223 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24224 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24225 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24226 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24227
24228 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24229 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24230 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24231 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24232 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24233 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24234 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24235 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24236
24237 Customization variables:
24238
24239 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24240 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24241 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24242 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24243
24244 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24245
24246 ;;;***
24247
24248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16243 62806))
24249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24250 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24251 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24252 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24253 (load "vc-cvs")
24254 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24255
24256 ;;;***
24257
24258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16213 43271))
24259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24260 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24261 (let ((dir file))
24262 (while (and (stringp dir)
24263 (not (equal
24264 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24265 dir)
24266 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24267 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24268 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24269 (if (eq dir t)
24270 (progn
24271 (load "vc-mcvs")
24272 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24273
24274 ;;;***
24275
24276 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24277 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24279
24280 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24281 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24282 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24283
24284 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24285 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24286
24287 ;;;***
24288
24289 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24290 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24292
24293 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24294 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24295 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24296
24297 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24298 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24299
24300 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24301 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24302 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24303 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24304
24305 ;;;***
24306
24307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16213 43271))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24309 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24310 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24311 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24312 (load "vc-svn")
24313 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24314
24315 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24316
24317 ;;;***
24318
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24320 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24322
24323 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24324 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24325
24326 Usage:
24327 ------
24328
24329 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24330 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24331 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24332 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24333 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24334 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24335 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24336 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24337 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24338
24339 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24340 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24341 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24342 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24343
24344 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24345 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24346 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24347 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24348 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24349
24350 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24351 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24352
24353
24354 HEADER INSERTION:
24355 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24356 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24357 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24358
24359
24360 STUTTERING:
24361 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24362 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24363 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24364 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24365
24366 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24367 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24368 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24369 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24370 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24371
24372
24373 WORD COMPLETION:
24374 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24375 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24376 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24377 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24378
24379 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24380 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24381 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24382 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24383 beginning with \"std\").
24384
24385 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24386 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24387 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24388 stop.
24389
24390
24391 COMMENTS:
24392 `--' puts a single comment.
24393 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24394 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24395 with a comment in between.
24396 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24397 out following lines.
24398 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24399 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24400
24401 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24402 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24403 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24404 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24405 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24406 non-nil.
24407
24408 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24409 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24410 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24411 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24412 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24413 multi-line comments.
24414
24415
24416 INDENTATION:
24417 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24418 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24419 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24420 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24421
24422 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24423 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24424 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24425 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24426
24427 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24428 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24429 and vice versa.
24430
24431 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24432 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24433
24434
24435 ALIGNMENT:
24436 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24437 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24438 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24439 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24440 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24441 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24442 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24443 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24444
24445 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24446 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24447 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24448 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24449 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24450 is non-nil.
24451
24452 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24453 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24454 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24455
24456 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24457 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24458
24459
24460 | CODE FILLING:
24461 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24462 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24463 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24464 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24465 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24466 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24467
24468
24469 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24470 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24471 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24472 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24473 command:
24474
24475 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24476
24477
24478 PORT TRANSLATION:
24479 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24480 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24481 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24482 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24483 internal signal initializations (menu).
24484
24485 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24486 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24487 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24488
24489 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24490 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24491 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24492 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24493 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24494 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24495
24496 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24497 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24498 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24499
24500
24501 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24502 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24503 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24504 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24505 | association list with formals).
24506
24507
24508 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24509 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24510 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24511 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24512 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24513 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24514 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24515 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24516 `vhdl-testbench'.
24517
24518
24519 KEY BINDINGS:
24520 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24521
24522
24523 VHDL MENU:
24524 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24525
24526
24527 FILE BROWSER:
24528 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24529 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24530 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24531
24532 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24533 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24534
24535
24536 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24537 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24538 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24539 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24540
24541 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24542 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24543 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24544
24545 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24546 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24547 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24548 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24549
24550 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24551 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24552 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24553 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24554 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24555
24556 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24557 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24558 required by secondary units.
24559
24560
24561 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24562 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24563 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24564 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24565 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24566 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24567 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24568 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24569 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24570 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24571 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24572 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24573 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24574 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24575 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24576 |
24577 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24578 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24579 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24580 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24581 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24582 |
24583 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24584 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24585 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24586 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24587 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24588 |
24589 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24590 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24591 |
24592 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24593
24594
24595 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24596 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24597 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24598 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24599 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24600 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24601 information. New compilers can be added.
24602
24603 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24604 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24605
24606
24607 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24608 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24609 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24610 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24611 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24612
24613 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24614 command:
24615
24616 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24617 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24618 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24619
24620 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24621 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24622 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24623 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24624 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24625 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24626 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24627
24628 Limitations:
24629 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24630 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24631 not (yet) supported.
24632 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24633 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24634 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24635
24636
24637 PROJECTS:
24638 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24639 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24640 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24641 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24642 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24643 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24644 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24645 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24646
24647 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24648 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24649 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24650 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24651 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24652 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24653 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24654 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24655 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24656 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24657 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24658
24659
24660 SPECIAL MENUES:
24661 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24662 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24663 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24664 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24665 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24666 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24667 current directory for VHDL source files.
24668
24669
24670 VHDL STANDARDS:
24671 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24672 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24673
24674
24675 KEYWORD CASE:
24676 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24677 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24678 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24679 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24680 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24681 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24682 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24683 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24684
24685
24686 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24687 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24688 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24689 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24690 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24691 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24692 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24693
24694 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24695 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24696 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24697 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24698 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24699 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24700
24701 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24702 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24703 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24704 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24705 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24706 visually.
24707
24708 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24709 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24710 highlighted if written in lower case.
24711
24712 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24713 highlighted using a different background color if option
24714 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24715
24716 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24717 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24718 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24719 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24720 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24721
24722
24723 USER MODELS:
24724 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24725 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24726 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24727
24728
24729 HIDE/SHOW:
24730 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24731 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24732 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24733 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24734 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24735
24736
24737 CODE UPDATING:
24738 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24739 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24740 Limitations:
24741 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24742 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24743 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24744 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24745 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24746 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24747 (used to obtain the port names).
24748
24749
24750 CODE FIXING:
24751 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24752 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24753
24754
24755 PRINTING:
24756 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24757 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24758 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24759 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24760 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24761 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24762 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24763 printers.
24764
24765
24766 OPTIONS:
24767 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24768 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24769 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24770 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24771 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24772
24773 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24774 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24775 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24776 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24777 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24778 INSTALL file).
24779
24780 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24781 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24782
24783
24784 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24785 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24786 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24787 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24788
24789 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24790
24791
24792 HINTS:
24793 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24794 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24795
24796 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24797
24798 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24799
24800 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24801
24802
24803 RELEASE NOTES:
24804 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24805
24806
24807 Maintenance:
24808 ------------
24809
24810 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24811 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24812
24813 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24814
24815 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24816 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24817 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24818 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24819
24820 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24821 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24822 where the latest version can be found.
24823
24824
24825 Known problems:
24826 ---------------
24827
24828 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24829 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24830 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24831
24832
24833 The VHDL Mode Authors
24834 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24835
24836 Key bindings:
24837 -------------
24838
24839 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24840
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24842
24843 ;;;***
24844
24845 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16213 43273))
24846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24847
24848 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24849 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24850 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24851 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24852
24853 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24854 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24855 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24856 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24857 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24858
24859 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24860 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24861
24862 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24863
24864 * Limitations and unsupported features
24865 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24866 not supported.
24867 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24868 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24869
24870 * Modifications
24871 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24872 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24873 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24874 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24875 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24876 for undoing a repeated change command.
24877 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24878 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24879 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24880
24881 * Extensions
24882 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24883 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24884 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24885 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24886 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24887 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24888 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24889 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24890
24891 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24892
24893 \(fn)" t nil)
24894
24895 ;;;***
24896
24897 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24898 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24899 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24900 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16213 43280))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24902
24903 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24904 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24905
24906 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24907
24908 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24909 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24910 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24911 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24912
24913 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24914
24915 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24916 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24917
24918 \(fn)" t nil)
24919
24920 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24921 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24922 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24923 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24924
24925 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24926
24927 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24928 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24929
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24931
24932 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24933 Not documented
24934
24935 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24936
24937 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24938 Not documented
24939
24940 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24941
24942 ;;;***
24943
24944 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24945 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24946 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16213
24947 ;;;;;; 43271))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24949
24950 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24951 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24952 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24953 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24954
24955 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24956
24957 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24958 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24964
24965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24966
24967 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24968
24969 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24970 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24971 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24972 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24973 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24974 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24975 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24976 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24977
24978 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24979
24980 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24981
24982 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24983 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24984 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24985 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24986 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24987 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24988 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24989 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24990
24991 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24992
24993 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24994
24995 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24996 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24997 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24998 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24999 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25000 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25001 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25002
25003 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25004
25005 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25006 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25007 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25008
25009 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25010
25011 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25012 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25013 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25014 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25015 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25016 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25017 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25018 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25019
25020 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25021
25022 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25023 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25024 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25025
25026 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25027
25028 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25029 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25030 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25031 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25032 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25033 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25034 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25035 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25036
25037 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25038
25039 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25040 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25041 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25042
25043 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25044
25045 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25046 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25047 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25048
25049 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25050 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25051 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25052 read-only.
25053 \\<view-mode-map>
25054 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25055 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25056 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25057 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25058 commands default to a repeat count of one.
25059
25060 H, h, ? This message.
25061 Digits provide prefix arguments.
25062 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25063 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25064 > move to the end of buffer.
25065 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25066 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25067 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25068 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25069 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25070 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25071 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25072 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25073 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25074 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25075 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25076 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25077 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25078 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25079 Use this to view a changing file.
25080 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25081 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25082 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25083 . set the mark.
25084 x exchanges point and mark.
25085 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25086 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25087 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25088 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25089 ' go to position saved in character register.
25090 s do forward incremental search.
25091 r do reverse incremental search.
25092 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25093 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25094 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25095 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25096 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25097 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25098 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25099 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25100 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25101 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25102 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25103 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25104 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25105 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25106 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25107 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25108 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25109
25110 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25111 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25112 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25113 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25114 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25115 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25116 will return to that buffer.
25117
25118 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25119
25120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25121
25122 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25123 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25124 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25125 `view-return-to-alist'.
25126 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25127 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25128 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25129
25130 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25131 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25132 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25133 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25134 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25135 1) nil Do nothing.
25136 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25137 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25138 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25139 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25140
25141 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25142
25143 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25144
25145 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25146
25147 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25148 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25149
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25151
25152 ;;;***
25153
25154 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16213
25155 ;;;;;; 43273))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25157
25158 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25159 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25160
25161 \(fn)" nil nil)
25162
25163 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25164 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25165
25166 \(fn)" t nil)
25167
25168 ;;;***
25169
25170 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25171 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25173
25174 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25175 Toggle Viper on/off.
25176 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25177
25178 \(fn)" t nil)
25179
25180 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25181 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25182
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25184
25185 ;;;***
25186
25187 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25188 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
25189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25190
25191 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25192 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25193 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25194 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25195 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25196 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25197 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25198 the beginning of the warning.")
25199
25200 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25201 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25202 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25203 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25204 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25205 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25206 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25207 also call that function before the next warning.")
25208
25209 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25210 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25211
25212 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25213 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25214 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25215 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25216
25217 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25218 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25219 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25220 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25221 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25222 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25223
25224 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25225 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25226 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25227 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25228 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25229 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25230 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25231
25232 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25233 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25234
25235 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25236
25237 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25238 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25239
25240 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25241
25242 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25243 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25244 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25245 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25246
25247 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25248 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25249 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25250 can be whatever you like.)
25251
25252 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25253 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25254 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25255 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25256 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25257
25258 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25259
25260 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25261 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25262 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25263 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25264 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25265
25266 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25267
25268 ;;;***
25269
25270 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16213 43280))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25272
25273 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25274 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25275
25276 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25277 hotlist.
25278
25279 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25280 <nwv@acm.org>.
25281
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25283
25284 ;;;***
25285
25286 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25287 ;;;;;; (16250 35355))
25288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25289 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25290 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25291
25292 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25293
25294 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25295 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25296 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25298 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25299
25300 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25301
25302 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25303 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25304 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25305 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25306
25307 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25308 and off otherwise.
25309
25310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25311
25312 ;;;***
25313
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25315 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25316 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25317 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25318 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25319 ;;;;;; (16249 12135))
25320 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25321
25322 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25323 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25324
25325 \(fn)" t nil)
25326
25327 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25328 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25329
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25331
25332 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25333 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25334
25335 \(fn)" t nil)
25336
25337 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25338 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25339
25340 \(fn)" t nil)
25341
25342 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25343 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25344
25345 \(fn)" t nil)
25346
25347 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25348 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25349 These are:
25350 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25351 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25352 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25353 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25354 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25355
25356 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25357 and:
25358 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25359 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25360
25361 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25362
25363 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25364 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25365
25366 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25367
25368 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25369 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25370
25371 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25372 whitespace problems.
25373
25374 \(fn)" t nil)
25375
25376 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25377 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25378
25379 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25380
25381 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25382 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25383 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25385 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25386
25387 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25388
25389 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25390 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25391 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25392
25393 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25394 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25395
25396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25397
25398 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25399 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25400 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25401
25402 \(fn)" t nil)
25403
25404 ;;;***
25405
25406 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25407 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16213 43272))
25408 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25409
25410 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25411 Browse the widget under point.
25412
25413 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25416 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25417
25418 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25421 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25422
25423 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25424
25425 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25426 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25427 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25428
25429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25430
25431 ;;;***
25432
25433 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25434 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16213
25435 ;;;;;; 43272))
25436 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25437
25438 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25439 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25440
25441 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25442
25443 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25444 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25445 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25446
25447 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25448
25449 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25450 Create widget of TYPE.
25451 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25452
25453 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25454
25455 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25456 Delete WIDGET.
25457
25458 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25459
25460 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25461 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25462
25463 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25464
25465 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25466 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25467 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25468
25469 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25470 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25471
25472 \(fn)" nil nil)
25473
25474 ;;;***
25475
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25477 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16213
25478 ;;;;;; 43272))
25479 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25480
25481 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25482 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25483 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25484 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25485 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25486 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25487 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25488
25489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25490
25491 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25492 Select the window above the current one.
25493 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25494 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25495 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25496 negative ARG) of the current window.
25497 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25498
25499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25500
25501 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25502 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25503 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25504 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25505 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25506 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25507 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25508
25509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25510
25511 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25512 Select the window below the current one.
25513 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25514 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25515 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25516 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25517 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25518
25519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25520
25521 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25522 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25523 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25524 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25525
25526 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25527
25528 ;;;***
25529
25530 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25531 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
25532 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25533
25534 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25535 Toggle winner-mode.
25536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25537 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25538
25539 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25540
25541 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25542 Toggle Winner mode.
25543 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25544
25545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25546
25547 ;;;***
25548
25549 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25550 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16239 25257))
25551 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25552
25553 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25554 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25555 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25556 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25557 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25558 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25559 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25560 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25561
25562 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25563 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25564
25565 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25566
25567 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25568 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25569
25570 \(fn)" t nil)
25571
25572 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25573 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25574 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25575 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25576 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25577 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25578 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25579 `woman' command for further details.
25580
25581 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25582
25583 ;;;***
25584
25585 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25586 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
25587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25588
25589 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25590 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25591
25592 BUGS:
25593 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25594 are not implemented
25595 - Options for search and replace
25596 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25597 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25598
25599 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25600 Emacs-like.
25601
25602 The key bindings are:
25603
25604 C-a backward-word
25605 C-b fill-paragraph
25606 C-c scroll-up-line
25607 C-d forward-char
25608 C-e previous-line
25609 C-f forward-word
25610 C-g delete-char
25611 C-h backward-char
25612 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25613 C-j help-for-help
25614 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25615 C-l ws-repeat-search
25616 C-n open-line
25617 C-p quoted-insert
25618 C-r scroll-down-line
25619 C-s backward-char
25620 C-t kill-word
25621 C-u keyboard-quit
25622 C-v overwrite-mode
25623 C-w scroll-down
25624 C-x next-line
25625 C-y kill-complete-line
25626 C-z scroll-up
25627
25628 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25629 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25630 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25631 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25632 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25633 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25634 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25635 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25636 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25637 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25638 C-k b ws-begin-block
25639 C-k c ws-copy-block
25640 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25641 C-k f find-file
25642 C-k h ws-show-markers
25643 C-k i ws-indent-block
25644 C-k k ws-end-block
25645 C-k p ws-print-block
25646 C-k q kill-emacs
25647 C-k r insert-file
25648 C-k s save-some-buffers
25649 C-k t ws-mark-word
25650 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25651 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25652 C-k v ws-move-block
25653 C-k w ws-write-block
25654 C-k x kill-emacs
25655 C-k y ws-delete-block
25656
25657 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25658 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25659 C-o j justify-current-line
25660 C-o k kill-buffer
25661 C-o l list-buffers
25662 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25663 C-o r set-fill-column
25664 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25665 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25666 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25667 C-o wo other-window
25668 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25669
25670 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25671 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25672 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25673 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25674 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25675 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25676 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25677 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25678 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25679 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25680 C-q a ws-query-replace
25681 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25682 C-q c end-of-buffer
25683 C-q d end-of-line
25684 C-q f ws-search
25685 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25686 C-q l ws-undo
25687 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25688 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25689 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25690 C-q w ws-last-error
25691 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25692 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25693
25694 \(fn)" t nil)
25695
25696 ;;;***
25697
25698 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25699 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
25700 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25701
25702 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25703 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25704 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25705 Returns the top node with all its children.
25706 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25707 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25708
25709 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25710
25711 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25712 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25713 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25714 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25715 is not well-formed XML.
25716 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25717 and returned as the first element of the list.
25718 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25719
25720 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25721
25722 ;;;***
25723
25724 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16213
25725 ;;;;;; 43272))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25727
25728 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25729 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25730 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25732 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25733
25734 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25735
25736 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25737 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25738 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25739
25740 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25741
25742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25743
25744 ;;;***
25745
25746 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25747 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16213 43281))
25748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25749
25750 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25751 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25752
25753 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25754
25755 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25756 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25757
25758 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25759
25760 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25761 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25762 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25763
25764 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25765
25766 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25767 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25768
25769 \(fn)" t nil)
25770
25771 ;;;***
25772
25773 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16213 43281))
25774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25775
25776 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25777 Zone out, completely.
25778
25779 \(fn)" t nil)
25780
25781 ;;;***
25782
25783 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25784 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16213 43280))
25785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25786
25787 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25788 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25789
25790 \(fn)" t nil)
25791
25792 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25793 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25794
25795 Zone-mode does two things:
25796
25797 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25798 when saving the file
25799
25800 - fontification
25801
25802 \(fn)" t nil)
25803
25804 ;;;***
25805
25806 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25807 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25813 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25814 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25815 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25819 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25820 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25821 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25822 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25823 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25824 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
25825 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
25826 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
25827 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
25828 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
25829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25832 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
25836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
25837 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
25838 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
25839 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
25840 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
25841 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
25842 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
25843 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
25844 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
25845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
25846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
25847 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
25848 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
25849 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
25850 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
25851 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
25852 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25853 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25854 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25855 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25856 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25857 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25858 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25859 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25860 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25861 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25862 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25863 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25864 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25865 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25866 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25867 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25868 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25869 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25870 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25871 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25872 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25873 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25874 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25875 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25876 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25877 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25878 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25879 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25880 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25881 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25882 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25883 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25884 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25885 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25886 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25887 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25888 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25889 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25890 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25891 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25892 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25893 ;;;;;; "loaddefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
25894 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
25895 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
25896 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
25897 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
25898 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
25899 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el"
25900 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
25901 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
25902 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
25903 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
25904 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25905 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25906 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25907 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25908 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25909 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25910 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25911 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25912 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25913 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25914 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25916 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25918 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25919 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25920 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
25921 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
25922 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
25923 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
25924 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
25925 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
25926 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
25927 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
25928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
25929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
25930 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
25931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
25932 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
25933 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
25934 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
25935 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
25936 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16251 63725 297036))
25937
25938 ;;;***
25939
25940 ;;; Local Variables:
25941 ;;; version-control: never
25942 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25943 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25944 ;;; End:
25945 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here